diff options
| author | Harald Welte <laforge@gnumonks.org> | 2015-10-25 21:00:20 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Harald Welte <laforge@gnumonks.org> | 2015-10-25 21:00:20 +0100 |
| commit | fca59bea770346cf1c1f9b0e00cb48a61b44a8f3 (patch) | |
| tree | a2011270df48d3501892ac1a56015c8be57e8a7d /2005/flow-accounting-ols2005 | |
import of old now defunct presentation slides svn repo
Diffstat (limited to '2005/flow-accounting-ols2005')
203 files changed, 11160 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/EXAMPLE.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/EXAMPLE.tex new file mode 120000 index 0000000..501b897 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/EXAMPLE.tex @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +myPaper.tex
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..00016e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PAPERS += EXAMPLE/EXAMPLE.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +EXAMPLE/EXAMPLE.dvi EXAMPLE/EXAMPLE-proc.dvi: \ + EXAMPLE/EXAMPLE.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/bibliography.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/bibliography.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78340bc --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/bibliography.tex @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ + +This example is based on Keith Packard's 2003 paper for +the Linux Symposium Proceedings. + +The easiest way to do a bibliography is to use BiBTeX. +In the body of the paper, you \cite{} various references. +The citation name is the first name following the opening +curly brace in the .bib file. For example, with the list below, +I could \cite{autoconf} and \cite{freetype2}. + +Near the end of your main .tex file, you include a section like so: +\begin{flushleft} +\bibliography{keithp} +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\end{flushleft} +(this comes *before* \end{document}.) + +And in a separate file whose name matches the \bibliography{} +declaration above (e.g., keithp.bib in this case), you define all +the references. Note that \url is a valid way to typeset web +references. + +Note that the makefiles are already set up to process this form +of bibliography, so using it is indeed easy. (It's also one +reason why the input files are processed multiple times, though.) + +Here are some sample entries for various types +of publications: + +@book{autoconf, + title = "GNU Autoconf, Automake and Libtool", + author = "Gary V. Vaughan and Ben Elliston and Tom Tromey and Ian Lance Taylor", + publisher = "New Riders", + year = 2000, + note = {ISBN 1-57870-190-2}, }, + +@article{blinn:1994, + title = "Compositing Theory", + author = "Jim Blinn", + journal = "IEEE Computer Graphics and Applications", + year = 1994, + month = "September", + note = "Republished in~\cite{blinn:1998}" } + +@book{blinn:1998, + title = "{Jim Blinn's Corner: Dirty Pixels}", + author = "Jim Blinn", + year = 1998, + publisher = "Morgan Kaufmann", + isbn = "1-55860-455-3", } + +@techreport{dbe, + title = "{Double Buffer Extension Protocol}", + author = "Ian Elliott and David P. Wiggins", + institution = "X Consortium, Inc.", + type = "X Consortium Standard", + year = 1994, } +@manual{dc, + title = "DC - An Interactive Desk Calculator", + author = "Robert Morris and Lorinda Cherry", + organization = "AT\&T Bell Laboratories", + note = "Unix Programmer's Manual Volume 2, 7th Edition", + year = 1978, }, + +@misc{freetype2, + title = "The design of {FreeType} 2", + author = "David Turner and The FreeType Development Team", + year = 2000, + note = "\url{http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/design/}", +}, + +@inproceedings{gj, + title = "Making the future safe for the past: Adding Genericity to the Java Programming Language", + author = "Gilad Bracha and Martin Odersky and David Stoutamire and Phillip Wadler", + month = "October", + booktitle = "Conference on Object-Oriented Programing systems, Languages and Applications (OOPSLA '98)", + year = 1998, + publisher = "ACM", + organization = "SIGPLAN", } + +@phdthesis{Hobby85, + author = {John D. Hobby}, + title = {Digitized Brush Trajectories}, + school = {Stanford University}, + year = {1985}, + note = {Also {\it Stanford Report STAN-CS-85-1070}} +} + +@article{itsy, + title = "{Itsy: Stretching the Bounds of Mobile Computing}", + author = "William R. Hamburgen and Deborah A. Wallach and Marc A. Viredaz and Lawrence S. Brakmo and Carl A. Waldspurger and Joel F. Bartlett and Timothy Mann and Keith I. Farkas", + journal = "IEEE Computer", + year = 2001, + publisher = "Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.", + volume = 34, + number = 4, + month = "April", + pages = "28-35", } + +@inproceedings{lbx:1993, + title = "{An Update on Low Bandwidth X (LBX): A Standard For X and Serial Lines}", + author = "Jim Fulton and Chris Kent Kantarjiev", + booktitle = "Proceedings of the Seventh Annual X Technical Conference", + month = "January", + year = 1993, + pages = "251-266", + address = "Boston, MA", + organization = "MIT X Consortium", +}, + +@inproceedings{lmbench:1996, + title = "{lmbench: Portable tools for performance analysis}", + author = "Larry McVoy and Carl Staelin", + booktitle = "Technical Conference Proceedings", + month = "January", + year = 1996, + pages = "279-284", + address = "San Diego, CA", + organization = "USENIX", } + +@Article{Nistnet00, + author = "NIST Internetworking Technology Group", + title = "{NISTNet} network emulation package", + journal = "\url{http://www.antd.nist.gov/itg/nistnet/}", + month = jun, + year = "2000", + bibdate = "Thursday, June 29, 2000 at 16:40:15 (MEST)", + submitter = "Katarina Asplund", +} + +@TechReport{AMD:2000:XTW, + author = "{AMD Corporation}", + title = "{x86-64$^{\mathrm{TM}}$ Technology White Paper}", + institution = "{AMD Corporation}", + address = "One AMD Place, Sunnyvale, CA 94088, USA", + pages = "12", + day = "17", + month = aug, + year = "2000", + bibdate = "Fri May 04 12:53:45 2001", + bibsource = "\url{http://www.amd.com/products/cpg/64bit/index.html}", + URL = "\url{http://www.amd.com/products/cpg/64bit/pdf/x86-64_wp.pdf}; + \url{http://www1.amd.com/products/cpg/x8664bit/faq}", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + annote = "The x86-64 architecture is definitely not an IA-64 + implementation, but rather, an extension of IA-32 by + widening the integer registers to 64-bits.", +} + +@unpublished{pinzari, + author = "Gian Filippo Pinzari", + title = "The NX X Protocol Compressor", + note = "Electronic Communication", + month = "March", + year = "2003", + } + +@inproceedings{Gettys:2002, + title = "{The Future is Coming, Where the X Window System Should Go}", + author = "James Gettys", + booktitle = "FREENIX Track, 2002 Usenix Annual Technical Conference", + month = "June", + year = 2002, + organization = "USENIX", + address = "Monterey, CA", + url = "\url{http://www.usenix.org/publications/library/proceedings/usenix02/tech/freenix/full_papers/gettys/gettys_html/index.html}", +} + +@misc{ewing, + title = "Linux 2.0 Penguins", + author = "Larry Ewing", + note = "\url{http://www.isc.tamu.edu/~lewing/linux}", +} + +@misc{gimp, + title = "The {GIMP}: The {GNU} Image Manipulation Program", + author = "Peter Mattis and Spencer Kimball and the GIMP developers", + note = "\url{http://www.gimp.org}", +} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/bibliography2.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/bibliography2.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c838404 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/bibliography2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + +Here's another way of handling bibliographies; it does +not use a .bib file, but includes the items at the end +of the paper, before \end{document}. + +Each item has the format +\bibitem[printName]{citeName} details + +The "printName" will be printed at the point of your citation, +and again in the list of references. The "citeName" is what +you use in the source to create the citation. For example, +using the first entry below, I could \cite{menyhart} and +have the author's name print out properly in the appropriate +places. + +The bibliography below comes from Tony Luck's 2003 Linux +Symposium paper: + + +\begin{thebibliography}{99} +\raggedright +\bibitem[Menyh\'{a}rt]{menyhart} Z.\ Menyh\'{a}rt and D.\ Song, +{\em OS Machine Check Recovery on Itanium Architecture-base Platforms}, +Intel Developer Forum, Fall 2002 + +\bibitem[Ziegler]{ziegler} J.F.\ Ziegler, +{\em Terrestrial cosmic ray intensities}, +IBM Journal of Research and Development, Volume 42, Number 1, 1998 + +\bibitem[SDV]{SDV} Intel, +{\em Intel Itanium Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 1--3} + +\bibitem[EHG]{EHG} Intel, +{\em Itanium Processor Family Error Handling Guide}, August 2001 + +\bibitem[SAL]{SAL} Intel, +{\em Itanium Processor Family System Abstraction Layer (SAL) Specification}, November 2002 + +\end{thebibliography} + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/Figures/example.c b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/Figures/example.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34d1726 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/Figures/example.c @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +typedef struct QuadTree { + double Data; + struct QuadTree *Children[4]; +} QT; + +void Sum3rdChildren(QT *T, + double *Result) { + double Ret; + if (T == 0) { Ret = 0; + } else { + QT *Child3 = + T[0].Children[3]; + double V; + Sum3rdChildren(Child3, &V); + Ret = V + T[0].Data; + } + *Result = Ret; +} diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/Figures/example.ll b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/Figures/example.ll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9ce373 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/Figures/example.ll @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +%struct.QuadTree = type { double, [4 x %QT*] } +%QT = type %struct.QuadTree + +void %Sum3rdChildren(%QT* %T, double* %Result) { +entry: %V = alloca double ;; %V is type 'double*' + %tmp.0 = seteq %QT* %T, null ;; type 'bool' + br bool %tmp.0, label %endif, label %else + +else: ;;tmp.1 = &T[0].Children[3] 'Children' = Field #1 + %tmp.1 = getelementptr %QT* %T, long 0, ubyte 1, long 3 + %Child3 = load %QT** %tmp.1 + call void %Sum3rdChildren(%QT* %Child3, double* %V) + %tmp.2 = load double* %V + %tmp.3 = getelementptr %QT* %T, long 0, ubyte 0 + %tmp.4 = load double* %tmp.3 + %tmp.5 = add double %tmp.2, %tmp.4 + br label %endif + +endif: %Ret = phi double [ %tmp.5, %else ], [ 0.0, %entry ] + store double %Ret, double* %Result + ret void ;; Return with no value +} diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/Makefile b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9777b58 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + +.SUFFIXES: .tex .dvi .aux .eps .fig .dia .ps .pdf .bib .bbl + +TOP=complexFigure +TEXFILES=$(TOP).tex +FIGFILES:=$(wildcard *.fig) +EPSFILES:=$(wildcard *.eps) +EPSFILES+=$(FIGFILES:.fig=.eps) +PDFFILES=$(EPSFILES:.eps=.pdf) + +.fig.eps: + fig2dev -L eps $< >$@ + +.fig.pdf: + fig2dev -L pdf $< >$@ + +.eps.pdf: + epstopdf $< + +all: $(TOP).ps $(TOP).pdf + +$(TOP).ps: $(TOP).dvi + dvips -o $(TOP).ps $(TOP) + +$(TOP).dvi: $(TEXFILES) $(EPSFILES) + latex $(TOP) || true + bibtex $(TOP) || true + latex $(TOP) || true + latex $(TOP) + +$(TOP).pdf: $(TEXFILES) $(PDFFILES) + pdflatex $(TOP) || true + bibtex $(TOP) || true + pdflatex $(TOP) || true + pdflatex $(TOP) + +clean: + rm -f *.aux *.dvi *.log + rm -f $(TOP).ps $(TOP).pdf $(TOP).bbl $(TOP).blg + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/complexFigure.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/complexFigure.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6fe6c94 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/complexFigure.tex @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +\documentclass[twocolumn,12pt]{article} +\usepackage{ols} +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{epsfig} +\else +\usepackage{epsfig} +\fi +\input{ols-fonts} + +% These packages are Proceedings-friendly. +\usepackage{cprog} +\usepackage[nolineno,norules]{lgrind} +\usepackage[hang,scriptsize]{subfigure} + +% These ones are only suitable for standalone +\usepackage{subfigure} +%%% both of these break the Proceedings and are thus evil +\usepackage{listings} +\input{llvm.lst} % Get listing support for llvm code +%%%% + + +\begin{document} + +\date{} + +%make title bold and 14 pt font (Latex default is non-bold, 16 pt) +\title{Architecture for a Next-Generation GCC} + +\author{ +Chris Lattner \hspace*{0.5in} Vikram Adve\\ +\emph{University of Illinois at Urbana, Champaign}\\ +\texttt{\em\normalsize \{lattner, vadve\}@cs.uiuc.edu}\\ +\emph{\normalsize \url{http://llvm.cs.uiuc.edu}}} + +\maketitle + +% You have to do this to suppress page numbers. Don't ask. +\thispagestyle{empty} + +Formatting team's note: The two figures here illustrate two ways of presenting +the same information, and are hopefully more complex +than you'll require. The first is set using Proceedings-friendly +packages; the second works only as a standalone paper. + +%%% Figure typeset in a Proceedings-friendly fashion +%%% (thanks to Diego Novillo for inspiration) +\begin{figure*}[t] +\scriptsize +%%% \centering +\subfigure[Example function]{% +\label{figure:example_c} +\parbox{0.65\columnwidth}{\input{example-c}} +}\hspace*{5pt}\vrule\hspace*{5pt} +\subfigure[Corresponding LLVM code] {% +\label{figure:example_llvm} +\parbox{1.35\columnwidth}{\input{example-ll}}} +%%% }% +\caption{C and LLVM code for a function} +\label{figure:example} +\end{figure*} + +%%===------------------------ +% Code example figure +% +\begin{figure*} [t] +\scriptsize +\centering +\subfigure[Example function] { +\label{figure2:example_c} +\lstset{language=c} +\lstinputlisting{Figures/example.c} +}\hspace*{5pt}\vrule\hspace*{5pt} +\subfigure[Corresponding LLVM code] { +\label{figure2:example_llvm} +\lstset{language=LLVM} +\lstinputlisting{Figures/example.ll} +}% +\caption{C and LLVM code for a function} +\label{figure2:example} +\end{figure*} +% +%%===------------------------ + + +\end{document} + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/cprog.sty b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/cprog.sty new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a336397 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/cprog.sty @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +% This is CSTY.STY as received by email at december 1990 +% +% The cprog macros allow programs in C, C++, Pascal, and Modula-2 to be +% included directly into TeX documents. Program text is set in a Roman +% font, comments in slanted, and strings in typewriter. Operators such as +% <= are optionally combined into single symbols like $\le$. Keywords are +% *not* emphasised---I find this ugly and distracting. (By purest +% coincidence it would also be very hard to do.) +% +% These macros can be \input in plain TeX or used as a style file in LaTeX. +% They provide a convenient alternative to tgrind, particularly for program +% fragments embedded in documents. Full instructions for use appear in the +% macro package itself. +% +% +% \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@cs.tcd.ie> <emcmanus%cs.tcd.ie@cunyvm.cuny.edu> +% +% ASCII: !"#$%&'()*+,-./09:;<=>?@AZ[\]^_`az{|}~ +% + +% BEGIN: cprog.tex (or cprog.sty) - formatting of C programs +% By \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@cs.tcd.ie>. This file is not copyrighted. +% $Id: cprog.tex,v 1.4 90/09/12 23:21:26 emcmanus Exp $ + +% This allows C programs to be formatted directly by TeX. It can be +% invoked by \cprogfile{filename} or (in LaTeX) \begin{cprog} ... +% \end{cprog} or (in plain TeX) \cprog ... \end{cprog}. In LaTeX, the +% alternative form \begin{cprog*} is allowed, where spaces in C strings +% are printed using the `square u' character (like LaTeX {verbatim*}). +% In plain TeX, you have to use \csname cprog*\endcsname for this (sorry). +% If you are using \cprogfile, say \cprogttspacetrue beforehand if you +% want this effect. + +% The formatting is (necessarily) simple. C text is set in a normal Roman +% font, comments in a slanted font, and strings in a typewriter font, with +% spaces optionally made visible as the `square u' symbol. Tabs are +% expanded to four spaces (this does not look good when comments are +% aligned to the right of program text). Some pairs of input characters +% appear as single output characters: << <= >> >= != -> are respectively +% TeX's \ll \le \gg \ge \ne \rightarrow. Say \cprogpairsfalse to disable +% this. + +% You can escape to TeX within cprog text by defining an escape character. +% The character @ is suitable for C and Pascal. I have not tested other +% characters so they may interact badly with their existing definitions here. +% To define @ as the escape character, do \cprogescape@. Then within text +% you can do @ followed by TeX commands. These commands will be in a TeX +% group with the \catcodes of \{}% as normal. The commands are terminated +% by a newline, which is not considered part of the program text. + +% The fonts below can be changed to alter the setting of the various parts +% of the program. The \cprogbaselineskip parameter can be altered to +% change the line spacing. LaTeX's \baselinestretch is taken into account +% too. The indentation applied to the whole program is \cprogindent, +% initially 0. Before and after the program there are skips of +% \beforecprogskip and \aftercprogskip; the default values are \parskip +% and 0 respectively (since there will often be a \parskip after the +% program anyway). + +% If the source text is Pascal or Modula-2, say \pascaltrue or \modulatrue +% (respectively) before formatting it. This makes (* *) be recognised for +% comments instead of /* */. Braces {} are also recognised for Pascal. +% \pascalfalse or \modulafalse as appropriate restores the default of C. + +% This package works by making a large number of characters active. Since +% even spaces are active, it is possible to examine the next character in +% a macro by making it a parameter, rather than using \futurelet as one +% would normally do. This is more convenient, but the coding does mean +% that if the next character itself wants to examine a character it may +% look at a token from the macro rather than the input text. I think that +% all cases that occur in practice have been looked after. + +% The macros could still do with some work. For example, the big macro +% defined with [] taking the place of {} could be recoded to use {} and so +% be more legible. The internal macros etc should have @ in their names, +% and should be checked against LaTeX macros for clashes. + +% Allow multiple inclusion to go faster. + +\ifx\undefined\cprogsetup % The whole file. + +% Define the fonts used for program text, comments, and strings. +% Note that if \it is used for \ccommentfont, something will need to +% be done about $ signs, which come out as pounds sterling. +\let\ctextfont=\tt \let\ccommentfont=\sl \let\cstringfont=\tt + +% Parameters. Unfortunately \newdimen is \outer (\outerness is a mistake) +% so we need a subterfuge in case we are skipping the file. +\csname newdimen\endcsname\cprogbaselineskip \cprogbaselineskip=\baselineskip +\csname newdimen\endcsname\cprogindent \cprogindent=0pt +\csname newdimen\endcsname\cprogwidth % Gets default=\hsize when cprog invoked. +\csname newskip\endcsname\beforecprogskip \beforecprogskip=\parskip +\csname newskip\endcsname\aftercprogskip \aftercprogskip=0pt +\csname newif\endcsname\ifcprogttspace +\csname newif\endcsname\ifcprogpairs \cprogpairstrue +\csname newif\endcsname\ifpascal +\csname newif\endcsname\ifmodula % Same as Pascal but no {comments}. +{\def\junk{\fi\fi\fi\fi}} % If skipping. + +\let\cprogesc\relax +\begingroup \catcode`~=\active +\gdef\cprogescape#1{% + {\catcode`~=\active \uccode`~=`#1 \aftergroup\cprogescont + \uppercase{\aftergroup~}}} +\gdef\cprogescont#1{% + \def\cprogesc{% + \makeactive#1\def#1{% + \begingroup \catcode`\\0 \catcode`{1 \catcode`}2 \catcode`\%14 + \catcode` 10 \clinegroup{}}}} +\endgroup + +\def\makeactive#1{\catcode`#1=\active} \def\makeother#1{\catcode`#1=12} +{\obeyspaces\gdef\activespace{ } \obeylines\gdef\activecr{^^M}} +{\catcode`|=\catcode`\\ \makeactive\\ |gdef|activebackslash{\}} +{\catcode9=\active \gdef\activetab{^^I}} + +% The following group makes many characters active, so that their catcodes +% in the \cprogchars macro are active, allowing them to be defined. We +% could alternatively define more stuff like \activebackslash and use +% \expandafter or (carefully) \edef to expand these in the macro. +\begingroup +\catcode`[=\catcode`{ \catcode`]=\catcode`} +\makeactive! \makeactive" \makeactive' \makeactive( \makeactive* \makeactive- +\makeactive/ \makeactive< \makeactive> \makeactive? \makeactive^ \makeactive_ +\makeactive\{ \makeactive| \makeactive\} +\gdef\activestar[*] +\gdef\cprogchars[% + \makeother##\makeother$\makeother&\makeother\%\makeother^% + \makeactive"\makeactive'\makeactive*\makeactive?\makeactive{\makeactive}% + \makeactive}\makeactive\\\makeactive_\expandafter\makeactive\activetab% + \makeactive!\makeactive<\makeactive>\makeactive-\makeactive|% + \ifcprogpairs + \def!##1[\ifx=##1$\ne$\else\string!\null##1\fi]% + \def-##1[\ifx>##1$\rightarrow$\else$\string-$##1\fi]% + % We use \aftergroup in < and > to deal with the fact that #1 might + % itself examine the following character. + \def<##1[[$\ifx<##1\ll$\else\ifx=##1\le$\else + \ifx>##1\ifpascal\ne$\else\string<$\aftergroup>\fi + \else \string<$\aftergroup##1\fi\fi\fi]]% + \def>##1[[$\ifx>##1\gg$\else\ifx=##1\ge$\else + \string>$\aftergroup##1\fi\fi]]% + \else \def![\string!\null]% Avoid !` ligature. + \def-[$\string-$]\def<[$\string<$]\def>[$\string>$]% + \fi + \def?[\string?\null]% Avoid ?` ligature. + \def"[\cquote"[\tt\string"]]\def'[\cquote'[\tt\ttquote]]\def*[$\string*$]% + \ifmodula \pascaltrue \fi % Except that {...} is used for sets. + \ifpascal + \ifmodula \dulllbrace \else + \def{[\begingroup \dulllbrace{\ccommentsetup\def}[\/\endgroup }]]% + \fi \makeactive(\let(=\pascalcomment \makeactive^\def^[$\uparrow$]% + \else \dulllbrace\makeactive/\let/=\ccomment + \fi + \def}[$\}$]\def|[$\string|$]\def~[$\sim$]\let_\_% + \expandafter\def\activebackslash[$\backslash$]% + \obeyspaces \expandafter\def\activespace[\leavevmode\space]% + \expandafter\def\activetab[\ \ \ \ ]% + \obeylines \expandafter\def\activecr[\strut\par]] +\gdef\cprogarg[\expandafter\def\activebackslash##1[\ifx##1e\let\next\cprogend + \else$\backslash$\let\next##1\fi\next]\eatcr] +\gdef\cprogend nd#1{cprog#2}[\endcprogarg] % #1 can be space, #2 *. +\gdef\dulllbrace[\def{[$\{$]] +\endgroup + +\chardef\ttquote=13 % Undirected single quote. +\begingroup \makeactive" \makeactive' \makeactive! +\gdef\cquote#1#2{% #1 is the quote, " or ', #2 how to set it. + \begingroup #2\cstringfont \makeactive\\% + \ifpascal \makeother\\\makeother^% + \else \expandafter\let\activebackslash\quotebackslash + \fi + \expandafter\edef\activespace{\ifcprogttspace\char`\ \else\ \fi}% + \expandafter\let\activecr=\unclosedstring + \def!{\string!\null}% No !` ligature. + \makeother*\makeother-\makeother/\makeother<\makeother>% + \makeother_\makeother\{\makeother\}\makeother|\makeother~% + \ifx"#1\let'\ttquote \else \makeother"\fi + \def#1{#2\endgroup}} +\endgroup +\csname newhelp\endcsname\cprogunclosedstr{% +A string or character constant earlier in the line was unclosed.^^JSo +I'm closing it now.} +\def\unclosedstring{% + \escapechar-1% + \errhelp\cprogunclosedstr + \errmessage{Unclosed string}% + \endgroup} +\newlinechar=`^^J +\def\quotebackslash#1{\char`\\% + \expandafter\ifx\activecr#1\strut\par + \else\if'\noexpand#1\ttquote\else\string#1\fi\fi} + +% In a comment, we shrink the width of the opening / to that of a space so +% that the stars in multiline comments will line up. We also shrink the +% closing * for symmetry, but not in Pascal where it looks nasty. +% Note that \end{cprog} is not recognised in strings or comments. +\def\spacebox#1{\leavevmode \hbox to \spaceskip{#1\hss}} + +\begingroup \makeactive* \makeactive! \makeother/ +\gdef\ccommentsetup{\ccommentfont \makeother-\makeother'\makeother"\makeother/% + \def!{\string!\null}\expandafter\def\activebackslash{$\backslash$}} +\gdef\ccomment#1{% + \let\next\relax + \ifx#1*\bgroup \ccommentsetup + \spacebox{\ctextfont\string/}*% + \makeactive*\def*{\commentstar/}% + \else\if\noexpand#1/\begingroup //\ccommentsetup \clinegroup\activecr + \else \string/\let\next#1% + \fi\fi\next} +\gdef\pascalcomment#1{% + \ifx#1*\bgroup \ccommentsetup \let\next\dulllbrace \makeother(% + \spacebox{\ctextfont\string(}*\makeactive*\def*{\commentstar)}% + \else (\let\next#1\fi \next} +\obeylines \long\gdef\clinegroup#1#2^^M{#2\endgroup#1}% +\endgroup +\def\commentstar#1#2{% + {\if#1\noexpand#2\egroup \ifpascal\else\aftergroup\spacebox\fi\fi}{$*$}#2} + +% We usually have an active ^^M after \cprog or \begin{cprog}. +\def\eatcr#1{{\expandafter\ifx\activecr#1\else\aftergroup#1\fi}} + +% Expand to stretch and shrink (plus and minus) of parameter #1. +\def\stretchshrink#1{\expandafter\eatdimenpart\the#1 \end} +\def\eatdimenpart#1 #2\end{#2} + +\ifx\undefined\baselinestretch \def\baselinestretch{1}\fi + +\def\cprogsetup{\ctextfont \cprogchars \parskip=0pt\stretchshrink\parskip + \ifdim \cprogwidth=0pt \else \hsize\cprogwidth \fi + \cprogesc \spaceskip\fontdimen2\font \xspaceskip\spaceskip + \baselineskip=\baselinestretch\cprogbaselineskip \parindent=\cprogindent + \vskip\beforecprogskip} +\def\endcprog{\endgroup \vskip\aftercprogskip} +\def\cprogfile#1{\begingroup \cprogsetup \input#1\endcprog} +\def\cprog{\begingroup \cprogttspacefalse \cprogsetup \cprogarg} +% Like {verbatim*}, {cprog*} uses `square u' for spaces in quoted strings. +\expandafter\def\csname cprog*\endcsname{% + \begingroup \cprogttspacetrue \cprogsetup \cprogarg} +\expandafter\let\csname endcprog*\endcsname=\endcprog +% In LaTeX we need to call \end{cprog} properly to close the environment, +% whereas in plain TeX this will end the job. The test for LaTeX is not +% bulletproof, but most plain TeX documents don't refer to the LaTeX logo. +\ifx\undefined\LaTeX \let\endcprogarg=\endcprog +\else \def\endcprogarg{\ifcprogttspace\end{cprog*}\else\end{cprog}\fi} +\fi + +\fi % \ifx\undefined\cprogsetup + +\endinput diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/example-c.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/example-c.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f8bf0d --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/example-c.tex @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +\begin{cprog} +typedef struct QuadTree { + double Data; + struct QuadTree + *Children[4]; +} QT; + +void Sum3rdChildren(QT *T, + double *Result) { + double Ret; + if (T == 0) { Ret = 0; + } else { + QT *Child3 = + T[0].Children[3]; + double V; + Sum3rdChildren(Child3, + &V); + Ret = V + T[0].Data; + } + *Result = Ret; +} +\end{cprog} diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/example-ll.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/example-ll.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..681b759 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/example-ll.tex @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +\begin{verbatim} +%struct.QuadTree = type { double, [4 x %QT*] } +%QT = type %struct.QuadTree + +void %Sum3rdChildren(%QT* %T, double* %Result) { +entry: %V = alloca double ;; %V is type 'double*' + %tmp.0 = seteq %QT* %T, null ;; type 'bool' + br bool %tmp.0, label %endif, label %else + +else: ;;tmp.1 = &T[0].Children[3] 'Children' = Field #1 + %tmp.1 = getelementptr %QT* %T, long 0, ubyte 1, long 3 + %Child3 = load %QT** %tmp.1 + call void %Sum3rdChildren(%QT* %Child3, double* %V) + %tmp.2 = load double* %V + %tmp.3 = getelementptr %QT* %T, long 0, ubyte 0 + %tmp.4 = load double* %tmp.3 + %tmp.5 = add double %tmp.2, %tmp.4 + br label %endif + +endif: %Ret = phi double [ %tmp.5, %else ], [ 0.0, %entry ] + store double %Ret, double* %Result + ret void ;; Return with no value +} +\end{verbatim} diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/lgrind.sty b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/lgrind.sty new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d04753 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/lgrind.sty @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +%% +%% This is file `lgrind.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% lgrind.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +%% LGrind is used to format source code of different programming +%% languages for LaTeX. +%% +%% LGrind is a minor adaptation of Jerry Leichter's tgrind for LaTeX, +%% which was a notable improvement upon Van Jacobsen's tgrind for +%% plain TeX, which was adapted from vgrind, a troff prettyprinter. +%% +%% Based on Van Jacobson's ``tgrindmac'', a macro package for TeX. +%% Modified, 1987 by Jerry Leichter. Put '@' in all internal names. +%% Modified, 1991 by George Reilly. Changed name from tgrind to lgrind. +%% Modified, 1995 by Michael Piefel. Made it work with \LaTeXe. +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] +\ProvidesPackage{lgrind} + [1997/01/30 v3.4 LGrind environment and supporting stuff] +\newcount\lc@unt +\newcount\ln@xt +\newcount\LGnuminterval +\LGnuminterval=10 +\DeclareOption{nolineno}{\LGnuminterval=50000} +\DeclareOption{lineno5}{\LGnuminterval=5} +\newif\ifLGleftnum +\DeclareOption{leftnum}{\LGleftnumtrue} +\newskip\LGindent +\LGindent=1.6667\parindent +\DeclareOption{noindent}{\LGindent=0pt} +\newif\ifLGnorules +\DeclareOption{norules}{\LGnorulestrue} +\newlength{\LGsloppy} +\setlength{\LGsloppy}{7.2pt} +\DeclareOption{fussy}{\LGsloppy=0pt} +\newcommand{\DefaultProc}{\@gobble} +\newcommand{\DefaultProcCont}{\@gobble} +\DeclareOption{procnames}{ +\renewcommand{\DefaultProc}[1]{\renewcommand{\Procname}{#1}% +\global\setbox\procbox=\hbox{\PNsize #1}} +\renewcommand{\DefaultProcCont}[1]{\renewcommand\Procname{#1} +\global\setbox\procbox=\hbox{\PNsize\dots #1}}} +\newbox\procbox +\newcommand{\Procname}{} +\ProcessOptions +\def\BGfont{\sffamily} +\def\CMfont{\rmfamily\itshape} +\def\NOfont{\sffamily} +\def\KWfont{\rmfamily\bfseries} +\def\STfont{\ttfamily} +\def\VRfont{\rmfamily} +\def\PNsize{\BGfont\small} +\def\LGsize{\small} +\def\LGfsize{\footnotesize} +\newif\ifLGinline +\newif\ifLGd@fault +\def\LGbegin{\ifLGinline$\hbox\else$$\vbox\fi\bgroup\LGd@faulttrue} +\def\LGend{\ifLGd@fault\egroup\ifLGinline$\else$$\fi\LGd@faultfalse\fi} +\newif\ifc@mment +\newif\ifstr@ng +\newif\ifright@ +\newbox\ls@far +\newbox\tb@x +\newdimen\TBw@d +\newdimen\@ts +{\catcode`\_=\active \gdef\@setunder{\let_=\sp@ce}} +\newcommand{\lgrindheader}{} +\newcommand{\lgrindfilename}{}\newcommand{\lgrindfilesize}{} +\newcommand{\lgrindmodyear}{}\newcommand{\lgrindmodmonth}{} +\newcommand{\lgrindmodday}{}\newcommand{\lgrindmodtime}{} +\newenvironment{lgrind}[1][1]{% +\def\Line##1{\L{\LB{##1}}}% +\newcommand{\Head}[1]{\gdef\lgrindhead{##1}}% +\newcommand{\File}[6]{\gdef\lgrindfilename{##1}\message{(LGround: ##1)}% + \gdef\lgrindmodyear{##2}\gdef\lgrindmodmonth{##3}% + \gdef\lgrindmodday{##4}\gdef\lgrindmodtime{##5}% + \gdef\lgrindfilesize{##6}}% +\let\Proc=\DefaultProc% +\let\ProcCont=\DefaultProcCont% +\hfuzz=\LGsloppy +\def\NewPage{\filbreak\bigskip}% +\ifLGinline + \def\L##1{\setbox\ls@far\null{\CF\strut##1}\ignorespaces}% +\else + \let\r@ghtlno\relax\let\l@ftlno\relax + \ifnum\LGnuminterval>\z@ + \ifLGleftnum + \def\l@ftlno{\ifvoid\procbox\ifnum\lc@unt>\ln@xt + \global\advance\ln@xt by\LGnuminterval + \llap{{\normalfont\scriptsize\the\lc@unt\quad}}\fi + \else\llap{\box\procbox\quad}\fi}% + \else + \def\r@ghtlno{\ifvoid\procbox\ifnum\lc@unt>\ln@xt + \global\advance\ln@xt by\LGnuminterval + \rlap{{\normalfont\scriptsize\enspace\the\lc@unt}}\fi + \else\rlap{\enspace\box\procbox}\fi}% + \fi + \fi + \def\L##1{\@@par\setbox\ls@far=\null\strut + \global\advance\lc@unt by1% + \hbox to \hsize{\hskip\LGindent\l@ftlno ##1\egroup% + \hfil\r@ghtlno}% + \ignorespaces}% +\fi +\lc@unt=#1\advance\lc@unt by-1% +\ln@xt=\LGnuminterval\advance\ln@xt by-1% +\loop\ifnum\lc@unt>\ln@xt\advance\ln@xt by\LGnuminterval\repeat% +\def\LB{\hbox\bgroup\bgroup\box\ls@far\CF\let\next=}% +\def\Tab##1{\egroup\setbox\tb@x=\lastbox\TBw@d=\wd\tb@x% + \advance\TBw@d by 1\@ts\ifdim\TBw@d>##1\@ts + \setbox\ls@far=\hbox{\box\ls@far \box\tb@x \sp@ce}\else + \setbox\ls@far=\hbox to ##1\@ts{\box\ls@far \box\tb@x \hfil}\fi\LB}% +\ifLGinline\def\sp@ce{\hskip .3333em}% +\else \setbox\tb@x=\hbox{\texttt{0}}% + \@ts=0.8\wd\tb@x \def\sp@ce{\hskip 1\@ts}\fi +\catcode`\_=\active \@setunder +\def\CF{\ifc@mment\CMfont\else\ifstr@ng\STfont\fi\fi} +\def\N##1{{\NOfont ##1}\global\futurelet\next\ic@r}% +\def\K##1{{\KWfont ##1}\global\futurelet\next\ic@r}% +\def\V##1{{\VRfont ##1}\global\futurelet\next\ic@r}% +\def\ic@r{\let\@tempa\/\ifx.\next\let\@tempa\relax% + \else\ifx,\next\let\@tempa\relax\fi\fi\@tempa}% +\def\C{\egroup\bgroup\CMfont \global\c@mmenttrue \global\right@false}% +\def\CE{\egroup\bgroup \global\c@mmentfalse}% +\def\S{\egroup\bgroup\STfont \global\str@ngtrue}% +\def\SE{\egroup\bgroup \global\str@ngfalse}% +\def\,{\relax \ifmmode\mskip\thinmuskip \else\thinspace \fi}% +\def\!{\relax \ifmmode\mskip-\thinmuskip \else\negthinspace \fi}% +\def\CH##1##2##3{\relax\ifmmode ##1\relax +\else\ifstr@ng ##2\relax\else$##3$\fi\fi }% +\def\{{\CH\lbrace {\char'173}\lbrace }% +\def\}{\CH\rbrace {\char'175}\rbrace }% +\def\1{\CH///}% % / +\def\2{\CH\backslash {\char'134}\backslash }% % \ +\def\|{\CH|{\char'174}|}% +\def\<{\CH<<<}% +\def\>{\CH>>>}% +\def\*{\CH***}\relax %\relax for DOCSTY +\def\-{\CH---}% +\def\_{\ifstr@ng {\char'137}\else + \leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.35em}% + \ifdim\fontdimen\@ne\font=\z@ \kern.06em \fi\fi }% +\def\&{\textsf{\char'046}}% +\def\#{{\STfont\char'043}}% +\def\%{{\char'045}}% +\def\~{{\char'176}}% +\def\3{\ifc@mment\ifright@ ''\global\right@false% + \else``\global\right@true \fi + \else{\texttt{\char'042}}\fi}% +\def\4{\ifc@mment'\else {\texttt{\char'015}}\fi}% +\def\5{{\texttt{\char'136}}}% +\def\${{\ifmmode\slshape\else\ifdim\fontdimen\@ne\font>\z@\slshape\fi\fi + \char'044}}% %No $ in \it, use \sl +\parindent\z@\parskip\z@ plus 1pt\hsize\linewidth% +\bgroup\BGfont +} +{\egroup\@@par} % end of environment lgrind +\def\lgrinde{\ifLGinline\else\LGsize\fi\begin{lgrind}} +\def\endlgrinde{\end{lgrind}} +\def\lagrind{\@ifstar{\@slagrind}{\@lagrind}} + +\def\@lagrind{\@ifnextchar[{\@@lagrind}{\@@lagrind[t]}} +\def\@slagrind{\@ifnextchar[{\@@slagrind}{\@@slagrind[t]}} +\def\@@lagrind[#1]#2#3#4{% + \begin{figure}[#1] +\ifLGnorules\else\hrule\fi +\vskip .5\baselineskip +\begin{minipage}\columnwidth\LGsize\LGindent\z@ + \begin{lgrind} +\input #2\relax + \end{lgrind} +\end{minipage} +\vskip .5\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip +\ifLGnorules\else\hrule\fi\vskip .5\baselineskip +\begingroup + \setbox\z@=\hbox{#4}% + \ifdim\wd\z@>\z@ +\caption{#3}% +\label{#4}% + \else +\captcont{#3}% + \fi +\endgroup +\vskip 2pt + \end{figure} +} +\def\@@slagrind[#1]#2#3#4{% + \begin{figure*}[#1] +\ifLGnorules\else\hrule\fi +\vskip .5\baselineskip +\begin{minipage}\linewidth\LGsize\LGindent\z@ + \begin{lgrind} +\input #2\relax + \end{lgrind} +\end{minipage} +\vskip .5\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip +\ifLGnorules\else\hrule\fi\vskip .5\baselineskip +\begingroup + \setbox\z@=\hbox{#4}% + \ifdim\wd\z@>\z@ +\caption{#3}% +\label{#4}% + \else +\captcont{#3}% + \fi +\endgroup +\vskip 2pt + \end{figure*} +} +\def\lgrindfile#1{% + \par\addvspace{0.1in} + \ifLGnorules\else\hrule\fi + \vskip .5\baselineskip + \begingroup\LGfsize\LGindent\z@ +\begin{lgrind} + \input #1\relax +\end{lgrind} + \endgroup + \vskip .5\baselineskip + \ifLGnorules\else\hrule\fi + \addvspace{0.1in} +} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `lgrind.sty'. diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/llvm.lst b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/llvm.lst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8adbb23 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/llvm.lst @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +\lstdefinelanguage{LLVM} + {morekeywords={ + begin,end,true,false,declare,global,constant,const,internal,implementation, + null,to,except,not, + void,bool,sbyte,ubyte,short,ushort,int,uint,long,ulong,float,double,type,label,opaque, + add,sub,mul,div,rem,and,or,xor,setne,seteq,setlt,setgt,setle,setge, + phi,call,cast,shl,shr, + ret,br,switch,invoke, + malloc,alloca,free,load,store,getelementptr + }, + sensitive=true, +% morecomment=[l]{;}, +% morestring=[b]", + } + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/ols-fonts.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/ols-fonts.tex new file mode 120000 index 0000000..adfec4b --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/ols-fonts.tex @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +../../TEMPLATES/ols-fonts.tex
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/ols.sty b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/ols.sty new file mode 120000 index 0000000..d8c7f0c --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/ols.sty @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +../../TEMPLATES/ols.sty
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/zrl.sty b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/zrl.sty new file mode 120000 index 0000000..d96dacf --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/complexCode/zrl.sty @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +../../TEMPLATES/zrl.sty
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/conditional.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/conditional.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39dd102 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/conditional.tex @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + +Sometimes you have to do things differently depending on whether +you're building the entire Proceedings... here's an example... + +\ifols +\usepackage{cprog} +\usepackage[nolineno,norules]{lgrind} +\usepackage[hang,scriptsize]{subfigure} +\else +\usepackage{subfigure} +%%% both of these break the Proceedings and are thus evil +\usepackage{listings} +\input{llvm.lst} % Get listing support for llvm code +\fi + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/figures.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/figures.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f96dd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/figures.tex @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + +\begin{figure}[tb] + \begin{center} + \includegraphics[height=4cm]{ndp_table}\includegraphics[height=4cm]{ndp_table2} + \end{center} + \caption{NDP Table: Linux vs USAGI\label{ndp_table}} +\end{figure} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +Need the whole page? Note the asterisk after 'figure'... + +\begin{figure*}[t] +\begin{center} +\includegraphics[width=0.65\textwidth]{chaos} \ \\ +(a) Chip \hspace{3cm} (b) CPU +\caption{A micrograph of an on-chip-multiprocessor M32R prototype chip} +\label{chaos} +\end{center} +\end{figure*} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\begin{figure*} +\begin{center} +\begin{minipage}{16cm} +\begin{center} +\includegraphics[width=0.475\textwidth]{mappi} +\hspace{1cm} +\includegraphics[scale=0.7]{mappi_diagram} +\end{center} +\end{minipage} +\caption{Mappi: the M32R FPGA evaluation board; it has the M32R +softmacro on FPGA (CPU, MMU, Cache, SDI, SDRAMC, UART, Timer), FPGA +Xilinx XCV2000E $\times$2, SDRAM(64MB), FlashROM, 10BaseT Ethernet, +Serial 2ch, PC-card slot $\times$2, and Display I/F(VGA)} \label{mappi} +\end{center} +\end{figure*} + + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/includegraphics.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/includegraphics.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01ab098 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/includegraphics.tex @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + +Various options can be used for scaling and cropping. Note +that \textwidth and \columnwidth can be your friends for such +operations -- most often, \columnwidth. + +\includegraphics[clip,width=\columnwidth]{ols2003-ipsec-fig-input} +\includegraphics[scale=0.9]{scsi-ds} +\includegraphics[clip,height=3.0in]{relayarch} +\includegraphics[width=2cm]{tpch-host-based-component} +\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{tpcw-component} +\includegraphics{efi-fig5} + +This one uses 90 percent of the column width: +\includegraphics[width=0.9\columnwidth]{rmap_shadow_pages} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/legalese.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/legalese.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d6e10e --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/legalese.tex @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + +% Legalese should be avoided unless your lawyers insist. Even +% then, it is typeset in small print because, although it may +% need to be there, there isn't a programmer on the planet +% who actively wants to read such stuff :-) +\begin{small} +\copyright ~2003 Your Lawyers, Inc. +Permission to redistribute in accordance with Linux Symposium +submission guidelines is granted; all other rights reserved. +A Bunch Of Things, and the Bunch Of Things logo are +registered trademarks and +NameOne, NameTwo, and NameThree are trademarks of Your Lawyers, Inc., +in the United States and/or other countries worldwide. +Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds. +Intel and Itanium are registered trademarks +of Intel Corporation. +All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their +respective owners. +\end{small} diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/multipleAuthors.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/multipleAuthors.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd89e77 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/multipleAuthors.tex @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + +Sometimes there are more than two authors, or the authors wish to have +a slightly different layout of names. That's fine, and here are some +examples. Just keep the font sizes and families consistent. +Note that we use Name, Institution, and Email address; postal addresses +are generally omitted for this conference. (Examples below use +fictitional email addresses, although they are otherwise from +the 2003 Linux Symposium.) + + +\title{Linux Support for NUMA Hardware} + +\author{ +Matthew Dobson, Patricia Gaughen, Michael Hohnbaum \\ +{\em IBM LTC, Beaverton, Oregon, USA}\\ +{\tt\normalsize one@email.addr, two@email.addr, three@email.addr} \\ +% +\smallskip +Erich Focht \\ +{\em NEC HPCE, Stuttgart, Germany}\\ +{\tt\normalsize four@other.email.addr} +} % end author + +\maketitle + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\title{Linux\textregistered ~Scalability for Large NUMA Systems} + +\author{ +Ray Bryant and John Hawkes \\ +{\em Silicon Graphics, Inc.}\\ +{\tt\normalsize one@email.addr ~~~~~~~ two@email.addr}\\ +} % end author + +\maketitle + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +The 'and' construct may be used for more than two authors: + +\title{Linux IPv6 Networking \\ +{\normalsize Past, Present, and Future}} + +\author{ +Hideaki Yoshifuji \\ +{\em The University of Tokyo}\\ +{\tt\normalsize one@email.addr} \\ +\and +Kazunori Miyazawa \\ +{\em Yokogawa Electric Corporation} \\ +{\tt\normalsize two@email.addr} \\ +\and +Yuji Sekiya \\ +{\em The University of Tokyo}\\ +{\tt\normalsize three@email.addr} \\ +\and +Hiroshi Esaki \\ +{\em The University of Tokyo}\\ +{\tt\normalsize four@another.email.addr} +\and +Jun Murai \\ +{\em Keio University}\\ +{\tt\normalsize five@a.different.email.addr} +} + +\maketitle + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/myPaper.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/myPaper.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b74ae5 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/myPaper.tex @@ -0,0 +1,539 @@ +\documentclass[final]{ols} +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +\begin{document} + +% Required: Do not print the date. +\date{} + +\title{Formatting Tips and Tricks} +\subtitle{Some potentially helpful examples} + +\author{ +John W.\ Lockhart \\ +{\em Red Hat, Inc.}\\ +{\tt\normalsize lockhart@\{oco.net,redhat.com\}}\\ +\and +Optional Second Author\\ +{\em Second Institution}\\ +{\tt\normalsize another@address.for.email.com}\\ +} % end author section +\shortauthor{J.W.\ Lockhart} + +\maketitle + +% Required: Suppress page numbers on title page +\thispagestyle{empty} + +\section*{Abstract} +This example paper contains tips and tricks to ensure that what you +write is what appears in the \textit{Proceedings} with as little +editing as possible. The most important parts are at the end; please +read them. (Okay, okay: Section~\ref{lockhart-subrules} and +Figure~\ref{lockhart-fig1}.) + +If you are new to {\LaTeX}, please read this paper in its entirety, +and check out its source and any other \texttt{.tex} files in the +\texttt{\small EXAMPLE} directory. + +If you have a paper from the Linux Symposium or GCC Summit +(2002--2004), and would like to crib from its final formatting, please +drop me a note and I'll be happy to send along the edited source. +Likewise, if you would like a copy of the final edited form of this +year's source, just let me know. + +The tree was created based on the information on the conference +website. If you don't have a subdirectory, create one along the same +lines. Blank materials are in the \texttt{\small TEMPLATES} +directory; \texttt{ProtoMake} and \texttt{Blank.tex} are probably the +most interesting files. Likewise, if your Abstract was available when +I looked, it has been included. Feel free to edit it; it's just there +to get you started and to provide an example of how to properly +include files should you need to. + +Many thanks go to Zack Weinberg for studying prior years' templates +and proceeding to write the \texttt{ols.cls} class and other crucial +bits of infrastructure. The new system should provide for a lot more +flexibility than the old. + +\section{Simple Formatting Tricks} + +\LaTeX\ is just a fancy markup language\ldots \textit{most} of the +time. + +Some of the more common font and layout conventions follow: +\begin{itemize} +\item \texttt{texttt} produces \texttt{typewriter} style. +\item \texttt{textit} produces \textit{italics}. +\item \texttt{textbf} produces \textbf{boldface}. +\item \texttt{textsc} produces \textsc{small caps}. +\item \texttt{\textit{Font}} \textbf{\textsc{styles}} can be + \textit{\textbf{combined}}\footnote{Often eye-breakingly. Restraint is Good.} +\end{itemize} + +Paragraphs + can be awfully messy +in the source, and even +% what, a comment? +have comments interspersed. Be careful with % unintentional +percent signs---75\% of the time you'll accidentally comment out the +rest of the text on the line. + +Unescaped dollar signs will put you into math mode, so be likewise +careful. Of course, that's sometimes exactly where you \textit{want} +to be. + +Tildes do not produce tildes in \LaTeX ---think instead of +\textsc{html}'s \texttt{\ } and you'll get the picture. Instead, +you can use \texttt{{\textbackslash}{\~{}}\{\}} or +\texttt{{\textbackslash}textasciitilde} to produce a tilde. +Table~\ref{lockhart-tab1} provides a list of characters that require +special handling. Note that tables may ``float''---that is, {\LaTeX} +might move your table to a place where it all fits on a single page, +rather than putting it exactly where you have included it in your +source. Be aware that it's easier to include references to tables and +figures than it is to force each into a particular position and adjust +the surrounding typesetting. +% +% that's +% \~{} +% or +% \textasciitilde +% for a tilde (without all the extra typesetting). +% Escape anything but a backslash by using a backslash. Backslash +% itself is \textbackslash (as seen above). + +\begin{table}[!th] +\centering +\begin{small} +\begin{tabular}[b]{c|c|p{2.3cm}} +Char & Command & Otherwise \\ +\hline +% # +\# & \texttt{{\textbackslash}\#} & argument number \tabularnewline +\hline +% $ +\$ & \texttt{{\textbackslash}\$} & toggle math mode \tabularnewline +\hline +% % +\% & \texttt{{\textbackslash}\%} & comment: ignore rest of line \tabularnewline +\hline +% & +\& & \texttt{{\textbackslash}\&} & tabstop \tabularnewline +\hline +% _ +\_ & \texttt{{\textbackslash}{\_}} & subscript in math mode \tabularnewline +\hline +% { +\{ & \texttt{{\textbackslash}\{} & open environment \tabularnewline +\hline +% } +\} & \texttt{{\textbackslash}\}} & close environment \tabularnewline +\hline +% ~ +{\~{}} & \texttt{{\textbackslash}{\~{}}\{\}} & non-breaking space \tabularnewline +{\textasciitilde} & \texttt{{\textbackslash}textasciitilde} & non-breaking space \tabularnewline +\hline +% \ +{\textbackslash} & \texttt{{\textbackslash}textbackslash} & begin command \tabularnewline +\end{tabular} +\end{small} +\caption{{\LaTeX} characters that require special handling} +\label{lockhart-tab1} +\end{table} + +\subsection{New Macros}\label{lockhart-newmacros} + +A number of macros based on the \texttt{url} package are available +for this year. They are: +\begin{itemize} +\item \ident{ident} -- intended for identifiers, + \texttt{{\textbackslash}ident\{some\_text\}} sets the text in + \texttt{tt} and may break the line at any punctuation. Spaces are deleted. +\item \ident{lident} -- intended for long identifiers, this works the + same as \ident{ident}, but sets the text in a smaller font. +\item \ident{code} -- intended for short excerpts of code, this works + like \ident{ident}, except that spaces are preserved. Lines are not + broken on spaces. +\item \ident{lcode} -- intended for longer excerpts of code, this works + like \ident{code}, except that text is set in a smaller font. This + probably does not work correctly for multi-line code fragments; + consider using the \texttt{cprog} package for that. +\item \ident{brcode} -- intended for excerpts of source code, this works + like \ident{code}, except that line breaks may occur at spaces. +\item \ident{lbrcode} -- intended for excerpts of source code, this works + like \ident{brcode}, except that text is set in a smaller font. +\end{itemize} + +Examples are shown in Table~\ref{lockhart-macro-examples}. + +\begin{table*}[tb] +\begin{itemize} +\item \verb|\ident{a_long_identifier}| --- this example in turn yields \ident{a_long_identifier} + +\item \texttt{{\textbackslash}lident|an\_even\_lon ger\_identifier|} --- this + in turn + yields \lident|an_even_lon ger_identifier| + +\item \verb|\lcode{int un_useful(int *a) { return *a; }}| --- this + yields + \lcode{int un_useful(int *a) { return *a; }} + +\item \verb|\lbrcode{int un_useful(int *a) { return *a; }}| --- this + yields + \lbrcode{int un_useful(int *a) { return *a; }} + +\end{itemize} +\caption{Examples of New Macros} +\label{lockhart-macro-examples} +\end{table*} + +\section{Typesetting conventions} + +You shouldn't have to worry too much here, but I'll illustrate a few +things. + +Quotation marks, both `single' and ``double,'' look good in body text, +while other \texttt{"styles"} might look better for other uses. Note +that when you're typesetting for a compiler, punctuation goes outside +the \texttt{"quotation marks",} but punctuation is placed +\textit{inside} the quotation marks for ``narrative.'' + +There are multiple flavors of dashes---the em dash, the en--dash, the +oft-used hyphen, and the minus sign (math mode: $2x - 3$). Note that +the preceding sentence contains them all. + +\subsection{Choices for uniformity} + +For source code, we have chosen the common style of not beginning a +line with a comma. The compiler doesn't care, but keeping the printed +page consistent between papers is useful. + +Identifiers may need to be split between lines, so we use a typewriter font +and mark up the string appropriately: +\texttt{sys\_\linebreak[0]sched\_\linebreak[0]yield()} or +\texttt{\small A\_\linebreak[0]REALLY\_\linebreak[0]LONG\_\linebreak[0]IDENTIFIER\_\linebreak[0]THAT\_\linebreak[0]NEEDS\_\linebreak[0]TO\_\linebreak[0]BE\_\linebreak[0]THIS\_\linebreak[0]LONG} +would be good examples\footnote{Alternatively, see the macros in +Section~\ref{lockhart-newmacros}.}. To tell {\LaTeX} that an unhyphenated line +break is okay if required, just use \texttt{{\textbackslash}linebreak[0]}. + +\subsection{Points of English} + +A few nitpicks: +\begin{enumerate} +\item \textit{it's} is a macro which expands to \textit{it is}. It + has no other meaning. +\item \textit{its} is possessive. +\item Items in a series are: \textit{a}, \textit{b}, and \textit{c}. + Never \textit{a}, \textit{b} and \textit{c}. This rule makes it + much simpler when you must use complex values of (for example) + \textit{b}. For truly long constructs, you may use a semicolon + as a delimiter rather than a comma. +\item Some phrases should be hyphenated---for instance, when you're + using an adjective to modify another adjective, or a noun that + appears before another. A high-performance system; a win-win + situation; a high-level loop transformation; a slow-moving train, + but a slowly moving car; that sort of thing. Most of the time, + people will still be able to parse the results easily if the sentence isn't + perfect. +\item Be happy, know your homonyms. There, they're, their. To, two, + too. Your, you're. And so forth. Spelling checkers show their + limitations on this\ldots +\end{enumerate} + +Of course, proofreading is a wonderful thing, and every bit of it you +(or any guinea pigs you can persuade) do is a Good Thing. I'll +correct what I notice, but I have only two eyes and there's a lot of +margin-crunching formatting to be done. There are certain +times, often with non-native speakers, where I'm not clear on the +meaning. If I catch something like that in time, I'll ask; if not, +chances are that I'll keep my hands off of the section in question so +as not to insert a woefully incorrect meaning. + +\section{Tools} + +It helps to have the following installed on your system: +\begin{itemize} +\item \textbf{\tt tetex}. The most common \TeX\ package for Linux. +\item \textbf{\tt dviutils}. Required for building the 2005 + Proceedings. Can combine DVI files as well as other useful tasks. +\item \textbf{\tt transfig}. Graphics in \texttt{.fig} format, + useful for figures. +\item \textbf{\tt dia}. Also useful for figures. +\item \textbf{\tt ImageMagick}. Great for photographs and graphics + manipulation \& conversion. +\item \textbf{\tt xpdf} or \textbf{\tt acroread} for viewing PDF + files. Other viewers can also do a nice job. +\item Utilites often found in {\tt tetex}, but which your distribution + may have packaged separately: \texttt{xdvi}, \texttt{dvips}, + \texttt{pdflatex}. +\item \textbf{\tt ghostscript} for handling Postscript. +\end{itemize} + +\section{Examples} + +Some examples from previous conferences have been included +in this package; hopefully they'll be useful in handling code +examples. Reducing everything to \texttt{footnotesize} or setting it +\texttt{verbatim} won't magically make it fit on the page, alas. Have +a look in the \texttt{EXAMPLE} directory to find these items: +\begin{itemize} +\item {\raggedright \texttt{\small bibli\-og\-raphy.tex}, \texttt{\small bibli\-og\-ra\-phy2.tex}, and + \texttt{\small ref\-er\-ences.tex}. Different ways of citing any relevant + works external to your paper.} +\item \texttt{conditional.tex}. If you have {\LaTeX} code that works + only by itself and need to do conditional processing, here's an example. +\item \texttt{\small complexCode/complexFigure.tex}. An example of a complex + figure containing side-by-side C code. +\item \texttt{figures.tex}. Different ways of doing figures. +\item \texttt{includegraphics.tex}. Different ways to include graphics. +\item \texttt{legalese.tex}. Legal disclaimers. +\item \texttt{multipleAuthors.tex}. Formatting examples for multiple authors. +\item \texttt{tables.tex}. Different ways to do tables. +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Bad Examples} + +A prior year's paper gave the example of setting \texttt{verbatim} +sections in \texttt{tt}. Repetitiously and redundantly enough, that's +the default. So, please, no instances of +\begin{verbatim} + {\tt + \begin{verbatim} + ... +\end{verbatim} + +\begin{small} +\centering +\textbf{Corrected.} You might, however, wish to do something like this instead: +\begin{verbatim} + \begin{small} + \centering + \textbf{Corrected.} You ... + \begin{verbatim} + ... +\end{verbatim} +\end{small} +Of course, check the source of this document +(\lident{EXAMPLE/myPaper.tex}) for more ideas. Valid font sizes, for +instance, include \texttt{normalsize}, \texttt{small}, +\texttt{footnotesize}, \texttt{scriptsize}, and \texttt{tiny}. Please +don't use anything larger than \texttt{normalsize}. + + +Another extant bad example is the practice of ending paragraphs with a +double backslash (\texttt{\textbackslash\textbackslash}) \textit{and} +a blank line. This creates unwanted, superfluous whitespace between +paragraphs. \LaTeX\ is, believe it or not, supposed to be easy. Just +leave one or more blank lines between paragraphs and you'll be fine. + + +\section{Style packages} + +For 2005, we are no longer using the \texttt{combine} package. You +will find some additional useful packages in the \texttt{Texmf} +directory, however. The empty papers are set up to use the +\texttt{url}, \texttt{zrl}, and \texttt{graphicx} packages by default, +in hopes that this will be useful for most papers. + +You may also find it helpful to set the \texttt{TEXINPUTS} environment +variable as follows: +\begin{center} +{\footnotesize \texttt{export TEXINPUTS='.//:\$\{LOCALTEX\}//:'}} +\end{center} +% +% or for those of you who'd like to cut'n'paste from the source: +% export TEXINPUTS='.//:${LOCALTEX}//:' +% +Adding the above to your \texttt{\textasciitilde/.bashrc} can +save you the trouble of typing it for future runs. + +% well, since 'combine' is gone, so should this problem be... +%% The most common cause of build problems is including style packages +%% that aren't compatible with \texttt{combine}. Unfortunately, this +%% includes\footnote{At least using last year's versions, that was the case.} +%% things like \texttt{hyperref} and \texttt{html}---two +%% otherwise-wonderful packages for handling URLs and such. + +To build your paper, you should be able to \texttt{cd} to the toplevel +directory (the one that contains your individual directory) +and type the following at a shell prompt: + +\begin{small} +\begin{verbatim} + DIRS=yourname make +\end{verbatim} +\end{small} + +Ambitious authors are encouraged to install the \texttt{dviutils} +and \texttt{pdftk} packages and type \texttt{make} from the top-level directory. +If all goes well, you'll get something that looks quite like the finished \textit{Proceedings}. + +\section{Graphics and Symbols} + +For importing graphics, don't forget to omit any file extensions. +That's because \texttt{latex} and \texttt{pdflatex} look for +different formats. The output formats we generate are PDF, PS, and +DVI; you will thus want to generate both EPS and PDF copies of any +figures that use structured graphics. + +The easiest ways to get special symbols such as +Registered\textregistered\ and Trademark\texttrademark\ +is to use the \LaTeX2e\ \texttt{{\textbackslash}text} constructs: +thus, \texttt{{\textbackslash}textregistered} and +\texttt{{\textbackslash}texttrademark}. + +\section{\TeX\ References} + +If you aren't familiar with {\LaTeX}, there are many sources of +information available. Your distribution might have additional +documentation in \brcode{/usr/share/texmf}, or you might find manuals +for a package (such as \texttt{cprog}) out at {\small\url{http://www.ctan.org}}. + +If you are completely new to {\TeX} and {\LaTeX}, you will probably +find it highly useful to visit \texttt{\small http://www.tug.org/} and +especially \texttt{\small http://www.tug.org/begin.html} for online +and paper references. + +For a free and extremely useful document, try: +\texttt{\small http://www.tug.org\linebreak[0]/tex-archive\linebreak[0]/info\linebreak[0]/lshort\linebreak[0]/english\linebreak[0]/lshort.pdf}. +Note that translations\footnote{French, for instance: +\url{http://www.tug.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/french/flshort-3.20.pdf}; +note also that this section of the Example paper shows different ways +of handling URLs.} +are available, for those more comfortable in something other than +English: +\texttt{\small http://www.tug.org\linebreak[0]/tex-archive\linebreak[0]/info\linebreak[0]/lshort/} + +%%% Cut'n'paste versions of those URLs: +% http://www.tug.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf +% http://www.tug.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/french/flshort-3.20.pdf +% http://www.tug.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/ + +I tend to use \textit{A Guide to \LaTeX} (Kopka \& Daly, ISBN 0-201-39825-7) and the +\textit{\LaTeX\ Graphics Companion} (Goossens, Rahtz, \& Mittelbach) +the most these days. + +You are also welcome to send questions to me at +\texttt{{lockhart}{@}{redhat.com}} (work) or +\texttt{{lockhart}{@}{oco.net}} (home). +% +% {}'s begin a new environment in TeX, as in C. +% A few extra {}'s might let an email address escape notice +% by spammers' collecting 'bots, should the .tex file wind +% up on a website somewhere at some point. +% + +As usual, please refrain from submitting anything remotely resembling +a Microsoft Word \texttt{.doc} file\ldots \texttt{<grimace>}. It's a +\textit{lot} easier for me to fix up plain ASCII text and +convert/insert accompanying graphics, if you find yourself terminally +confused or in a dire emergency. + +\begin{figure}[!ht] +\begin{center} +\hrule +\vspace*{2mm} +\textbf{\textsc{Submitting a Paper}} +\begin{footnotesize} +\begin{verbatim} + cd OLS2005 + make clean + tar zcf yourLastName.tar.gz \ + yourLastName +\end{verbatim} + +E-mail the resulting tarball to +\texttt{papers{@}linuxsymposium{.}org}. +\end{footnotesize} +\vspace*{2mm} +\hrule + +\caption{Submitting a paper} +\label{lockhart-fig1} + +\end{center} +\end{figure} + +\section{Simple rules to keep your formatting team happy} +\label{lockhart-subrules} +\begin{enumerate} +\item To submit your paper, just \texttt{make clean} in your + directory, \texttt{tar} it up, and send the resulting gzipped tarball to + \texttt{papers@linuxsymposium.org} or \texttt{papers@gccsummit.org}, + as appropriate. See Figure~\ref{lockhart-fig1} for an example. +\item Updates. If you need to change something, please send both + a patch and an updated tarball. The most convenient form depends on + how many changes have been made since you submitted your paper. + However, if your change is trivial---a line or two, for instance---a + simple email will do. +\item Use the existing directory structure, please. The directory + names are intended to be the last name of the presenter (lowercase, + punctuation omitted); the main paper should be + \texttt{lastname.tex} and any additional files should be + \texttt{lastname-file.extension}. This is basically to keep + the file owners straight, and to allow us the option to + instruct {\LaTeX} to search the entire (sub)directory hierarchy for + input files. You don't want someone else's file by mistake, right? + Putting your name on it helps to keep things straight. The same + goes for \verb|\label{}| and \verb|\ref{}| commands. +\item Omit file extensions and pathnames in your {\LaTeX} source, + please. By omitting the path and just saying + \texttt{{\textbackslash}input\{lockhart-abstract\}}, + a paper can be built from both its directory and from its + parent directory. For graphics, omitting the extension lets + \texttt{latex} or + \texttt{pdflatex} pick its preferred input format for the best + possible results. +\item No proprietary document/graphics formats, please. This + especially means MS + Office, Visio, or other such tools. \LaTeX\ can, however, import + EPS and PDF, if you can save in those formats. +\item Originals, please. For example, if you have photographs, send + along the full-resolution JPG (crop out any undesired elements if + necessary, but use the maximum resolution). For diagrams, please + send the XFig or Dia files. + This ensures the best possible print quality. Printing will be in + black and white, but the online PDF's will be in full color. Your + screen is probably about 72dpi, but the typesetter is probably using + something that's at least 1200dpi. The more resolution, the better. + (If, however, your originals are outrageously huge, feel free to ask!) + Since hardcopy will be printed in Ottawa, the papersize will be + North American ``letter.'' Please keep that in mind if you are + concerned about page breaks and such. +\item Do \textbf{\textit{not}} use sans-serif fonts, or go changing + global font sizes. We're using 12-point Times Roman for body text. + Likewise, please don't go haywire with italics. I once received a + huge collection of tables, each of which set the font size and face + on an item-by-item basis. \textit{Incorrectly}. +\item Those of you who like to begin lines of code with commas: as + previously mentioned, we're + typesetting the code with the comma attached to the preceding + identifier (as most publishers do). Feel free to post your + preferred version to the web and to refer to it in the paper. +\item If possible, please avoid trivial new macros. Should you need + to add something, though, please use + \texttt{{\textbackslash}providecommand} rather than + \texttt{{\textbackslash}newcommand}, and try for a relatively + unique name (papers tend to blur together during long editing sessions). +\item Trivia note: generally speaking, it takes longer to edit a + submission from a {\TeX}spert than plain, unmarked ASCII. If you + consider yourself a {\LaTeX} expert and love to write fancy new + commands, please consider contributing clean-ups or well-tested + new features for the infrastructure rather than customizing the + daylights out of your submission. Thanks! +\end{enumerate} + +This paper builds correctly using the tetex-2.0.2-14FC2.2 package on +Fedora Core 2, and the Fedora Core 3 tetex package. Please note that +if you are using FC3, you may wish to update your \texttt{urw-fonts} +package to 2.2-8 or better before viewing PDF files. + +Other distributions haven't been tested, but should work. If you run +into problems, please let me know. + +And remember, it's only typesetting, not rocket science. Or hacking +compilers or kernels. \texttt{:-)} Have some fun along the way\ldots + +\end{document} diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/references.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/references.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9359956 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/references.tex @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + +For those who don't want to use BiBTeX, a simple References section +can do the trick. The following is from Rik van Riel's 2003 +Linux Symposium paper: + +\section{References} +\raggedright +Draves, Richard P. \textit{Page Replacement and Reference Bit +Emulation in Mach.} In Proceedings of the USENIX Mach Symposium, +Monterey, CA, November 1991. + +Y.\ Smaragdakis, S.\ Kaplan, and P.\ Wilson, \textit{EELRU: Simple and +Effective Adaptive Page Replacement} in Proceeding of the 1999 ACM +SIGMETRICS Conference, 1999. + +Gideon Glass and Pei Cao. \textit{Adaptive Page Replacement Based on +Memory Reference Behavior.} In Proceedings of ACM SIGMETRICS 1997, +June, 1997. + +D.\ Lee, J.\ Choi, J.-H.\ Kim, S.H.\ Noh, S.L.\ Min, Y.\ Cho, and +C.S.\ Kim, \textit{LRFU: A spectrum of policies that subsumes the +least recently used and least frequently used policies} IEEE +Trans.\ Computers, vol.\ 50, no.\ 12, pp. 1352--1360, 2001. + +S.\ Jiang and X.\ Zhuang. \textit{LIRS: An efficient low inter-reference +recency set replacement policy to improve buffer cache performance.} +In Proc.\ of SIGMETRICS 2002. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/tables.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/tables.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2cfb6c --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/EXAMPLE/tables.tex @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + +A simple table.... + +\begin{table}[tbph] +\begin{center} +\caption{Summary of TAHI Conformance Test (usagi24-s20020401, \%)\label{tahi-usagi24}} +\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|} +\hline +Test Series & Pass & Warn & Fail \\ +\hline +\hline +Spec. & 100 & 0 & 0 \\ +ICMPv6 & 100 & 0 & 0 \\ +Neighbor Discovery & 79 & 5 & 15 \\ +Autoconf & 98 & 2 & 0 \\ +PMTU & 50 & 0 & 50 \\ +IPv6/IPv4 Tunnel & 100 & 0 & 0 \\ +Robustness & 100 & 0 & 0 \\ +\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{center} +\end{table} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +A full-page, far more complex table.... + +\begin{table*}[t] +\begin{center} +\footnotesize +\begin{tabular}{|l|l||r|r|r|r|r|r|r|r|r||r|} + \hline + \multicolumn{2}{|c||}{} & & \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{ANSI.os} + & & \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{POSIX.os} & \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{LSB.os} + & & RedHat7.3 \\ + \cline{4-5} \cline{7-10} + \multicolumn{2}{|c||}{\raisebox{1.3ex}[0pt]{Section}} + & \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{\raisebox{1.3ex}[0pt]{ANSI.hdr}} + & \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{F} & \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{M} + & \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{\raisebox{1.3ex}[0pt]{POSIX.hdr}} + & \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{F} & \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{M} + & \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{F} & \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{M} + & \multicolumn{1}{|c||}{\raisebox{1.3ex}[0pt]{Total}} & Total \\ + \hline + \hline + & Expect + & 386 & 1244 & 1244 & 394 & 1600 & 1600 & 908 & 908 & 8284 & 8284 \\ + \cline{2-12} + \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{\raisebox{1.3ex}[0pt]{Total}} + & Actual + & 386 & 1244 & 1244 & 394 & 1600 & 1600 & 908 & 908 & 8284 & 8284 \\ + \hline + \multicolumn{2}{|l||}{Succeeded} + & 176 & 1112 & 86 & 207 & 1333 & 0 & 695 & 0 & 3609 & 3583 \\ + \multicolumn{2}{|l||}{Failed} + & 4 & 0 & 0 & 5 & 2 & 0 & 49 & 0 & 60 & 45 \\ + \multicolumn{2}{|l||}{Warnings} + & 0 & 12 & 0 & 0 & 5 & 0 & 2 & 0 & 19 & 18 \\ + \multicolumn{2}{|l||}{FIP} + & 2 & 0 & 0 & 2 & 2 & 0 & 1 & 0 & 7 & 7 \\ + \multicolumn{2}{|l||}{Unresolved} + & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 5 & 0 & 5 & 4 \\ + \multicolumn{2}{|l||}{Uninitiated} + & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \\ + \multicolumn{2}{|l||}{Unsupported} + & 203 & 0 & 0 & 179 & 72 & 0 & 59 & 0 & 513 & 513 \\ + \multicolumn{2}{|l||}{Untested} + & 0 & 4 & 0 & 0 & 7 & 0 & 39 & 0 & 50 & 43 \\ + \multicolumn{2}{|l||}{NotInUse} + & 1 & 116 & 1158 & 1 & 179 & 1600 & 58 & 908 & 4021 & 4021 \\ + \hline +\end{tabular} +Key: F:function, M:macro;\ FIP: Further Information Provided +\end{center} +\hspace{5mm} +\caption{LSB 1.2 testsuites result} +\label{lsb_result} +\end{table*} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Frontmatter.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Frontmatter.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6dd777 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Frontmatter.tex @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +\documentclass[twoside,12pt]{book} +% Page size settings must match those in ols.cls. +\usepackage[paper=letterpaper,textheight=9in,textwidth=6.5in,% + heightrounded,twoside]{geometry} +% Ditto font settings. +\usepackage[OT1,T1]{fontenc} +%\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{mathptmx} +% \usepackage[scaled=.92]{helvet} +% \usepackage{courier} +% \usepackage{times} +\pagestyle{empty} + +% This must be written with \def so that the Makefile can find it. +% It is not used in this file. +\def\ProcName{2005 Linux Symposium} + +\begin{document} +\frontmatter + +% Title page + +\title{Proceedings of the\\ +Linux Symposium} +\author{\vspace{4in}} +\date{July 20nd--23th, 2005\\ + Ottawa, Ontario\\ + Canada} +\maketitle +\thispagestyle{empty} +\cleardoublepage + +% Table of contents. This does _not_ use the standard LaTeX table of +% contents mechanism; it's generated by Texmf/make-toc and uses a list +% environment. + +\section*{Contents} +\begin{raggedright} +\begin{list}{}{% + \setlength{\rightmargin}{0pt} + \setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt} + \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt} + \setlength{\topsep}{0pt} + \setlength{\partopsep}{0pt} + \setlength{\itemsep}{24pt plus6pt minus6pt} + \setlength{\leftmargin}{2em} + \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin} + \setlength{\listparindent}{0pt}} + +\input ProcToc + +\end{list} +\end{raggedright} + +\cleardoublepage + +% Credits page + +\vspace{2cm} + +\textbf{{\Large Conference Organizers}} + +\vspace{5mm} +\begin{large} +\begin{raggedright} +\hspace*{0.5in}Andrew J.\ Hutton, \textit{Steamballoon, Inc.}\\ +\hspace*{0.5in}Stephanie Donovan, \textit{Linux Symposium}\\ +\hspace*{0.5in}C.\ Craig Ross, \textit{Linux Symposium} +\end{raggedright} +\end{large} + +\vspace{1cm} +\textbf{{\Large Review Committee}} + +\vspace{5mm} +\begin{large} +\begin{raggedright} +\hspace*{0.5in}Gerrit Huizenga, \textit{IBM}\\ +\hspace*{0.5in}Matthew Wilcox, \textit{HP}\\ +\hspace*{0.5in}Dirk Hohndel, \textit{Intel}\\ +\hspace*{0.5in}Val Henson, \textit{Sun Microsystems}\\ +\hspace*{0.5in}Jamal Hadi Salimi, \textit{Znyx}\\ +\hspace*{0.5in}Matt Domsch, \textit{Dell}\\ +\hspace*{0.5in}Andrew Hutton, \textit{Steamballoon, Inc.} +\end{raggedright} +\end{large} + +\vspace{1cm} + +\textbf{{\Large Proceedings Formatting Team}} + +\vspace{5mm} +\begin{large} +\begin{raggedright} +\hspace*{0.5in}John W.\ Lockhart, \textit{Red Hat, Inc.}\\ +\end{raggedright} +\end{large} + +\vspace{3.0in} + +\vspace*{\fill} + +\begin{center} +Authors retain copyright to all submitted papers, but have granted +unlimited redistribution rights to all as a condition of submission. +\end{center} +\cleardoublepage + +\end{document} diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Makefile b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b0ee7a --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +# Makefile for proceedings using the OLS/GCCSummit schema. + +# Tools - some of the dvi programs are from dviutils-1.0-9.rpm +# pdftk is from pdftk-1.12-0.rpm +LATEX = latex +BIBTEX = bibtex +DVIPS = dvips +DVIPDF = echo dvipdfm +DVICONCAT = dviconcat +PDFCONCAT = pdftk +# EXTRATEX = /usr/share/texmf: +# Note: dvipdfm can be used to generate PDF from DVI in a pinch, +# but pdflatex seems to do slightly better. We'll invoke both +# latex and pdflatex in the latex2dvi script, and skip dvipdfm +# for now. + +all: papers + +# Get the set of all papers. DIRS can be set on the command line to +# suppress some of the papers; as a side effect this disables +# generation of the proceedings. + +# To rebuild the Example paper, delete the EXAMPLE/ from the DIRS line below +#DIRS := $(subst /,,$(filter-out Texmf/ TEMPLATES/, $(wildcard */))) +ifeq ($(DIRS),) +DIRS := $(subst /,,$(filter-out EXAMPLE/ Texmf/ TEMPLATES/, $(wildcard */))) +all: proceedings ProcSeq.mk + +# Writing a dependency list for this file is impossible. We want it +# to be regenerated only when the set of subdirectories changes, but +# there is no way to know that. Fortunately, generating it is cheap. +ifneq ($(MAKECMDGOALS), clean) +include ProcSeq.mk +ProcSeq.mk: + @set fnord $(DIRS); shift; \ + while [ $$# -gt 0 ]; do \ + dir=$${1%/}; shift; \ + printf '%s/%s-proc.tex: %s/%s-proc.stmp; @:\n' \ + $$dir $$dir $$dir $$dir; \ + printf '%s/%s-proc.stmp: ProcDefs.tex %s\n' $$dir $$dir $$prev; \ + printf '\t./Texmf/make-wrapper $$^ $$@\n'; \ + prev=$$dir/$$dir-proc.aux; \ + done > $@T + @mv -f $@T $@ +endif +endif + +SUBMAKES := $(DIRS:=/Makefile.inc) +include $(SUBMAKES) + +# $(space) expands to a single space. +space := $(empty) $(empty) +SEARCHPATH := $(subst $(space),:,$(DIRS)): # intentional trailing colon + +# Render PDF and PostScript for each individual paper. +PS = $(PAPERS:.dvi=.ps) +PDF = $(PAPERS:.dvi=.pdf) + +papers: $(PS) $(PDF) +proceedings: Proceedings.ps Proceedings.pdf + +# Render PDF and PostScript for the entire proceedings. This works as +# follows: For each paper we generate a wrapper file, $(paper)-proc.tex, +# which reads $(paper).tex in proceedings mode. The content of this file +# depends on a small number of settings extracted from the top-level +# Proceedings.tex, and the .aux file of the alphabetically previous paper. +# A DVI file generated (in the usual manner) from that wrapper file will +# be suitable for concatenation with all the other DVIs to make the full +# proceedings DVI, from which we then generate PostScript and PDF as usual. + +# Stamp-file pattern to prevent trivial changes in Proceedings.tex from +# triggering a complete rebuild. +ProcDefs.tex: ProcDefs.stmp; @: +ProcDefs.stmp: Frontmatter.tex + { echo '\PassOptionsToClass{proceedings}{ols}'; \ + fgrep '\def\Proc' $<; } > ProcDefs.texT + ./Texmf/move-if-change ProcDefs.texT ProcDefs.tex + echo timestamp > $@ + +ProcToc.tex: ProcToc.stmp; @: +ProcToc.stmp: $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.aux) + ./Texmf/make-toc $(@:.stmp=.tex) $^ + echo timestamp > $@ + +# These must have explicit rules; the implicit rules below are geared to +# subdirectories, and will not work. +Frontmatter.dvi: Frontmatter.tex ProcToc.tex + ./Texmf/latex2dvi $(*F) + +Proceedings.dvi: Frontmatter.dvi $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.dvi) + $(DVICONCAT) -o $@ $^ + +Proceedings.pdf: Frontmatter.pdf $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.pdf) + $(PDFCONCAT) $^ cat output $@ + +Proceedings.ps: Proceedings.dvi + TEXINPUTS=$(SEARCHPATH) $(DVIPS) -q -o $@ $< + +# Proceedings.pdf: Proceedings.dvi +# TEXINPUTS=$(SEARCHPATH) $(DVIPDF) -q -o $@ $< + +# Utility. +clean: + -rm -f $(PAPERS) $(PS) $(PDF) + -rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=.aux) $(PAPERS:.dvi=.oaux) $(PAPERS:.dvi=.log) + -rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=.bbl) $(PAPERS:.dvi=.blg) + -rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.tex) $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.stmp) + -rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.dvi) $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.log) + -rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.pdf) + -rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.aux) $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.oaux) + -rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.bbl) $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.blg) + + -rm -f ProcSeq.mk ProcDefs.tex ProcDefs.stmp ProcToc.stmp ProcToc.tex + -rm -f Frontmatter.dvi Frontmatter.log Frontmatter.aux Frontmatter.oaux + -rm -f Proceedings.dvi Proceedings.ps Proceedings.pdf + +# Pattern rules. Generation of PDF/PS from DVI is straightforward. +%.pdf: %.dvi + cd $(@D) && $(DVIPDF) -o $(@F) $(<F) + +%.ps: %.dvi + cd $(@D) && $(DVIPS) -q -o $(@F) $(<F) + +.fig.eps: + fig2dev -L eps $< >$@ + +.fig.pdf: + fig2dev -L pdf $< >$@ + + +# Properly regenerating a .dvi file from the corresponding .tex file +# requires running LaTeX (and possibly BibTeX) in a loop. GNU make +# cannot be coded to do this, so we have a helper script to do it. +# We read the .aux files for nefarious purposes, so make needs to be +# aware that this operation generates them too. +%.dvi %.aux: %.tex + cd $(@D) && TEXINPUTS=../Texmf:$$TEXINPUTS ../Texmf/latex2dvi $(*F) + +.PHONY: all papers proceedings clean +.SECONDARY: # Never delete intermediate files. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/README.pdf b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/README.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb056be --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/README.pdf diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/TEMPLATES/Blank.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/TEMPLATES/Blank.tex new file mode 120000 index 0000000..36f3814 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/TEMPLATES/Blank.tex @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +autoauthor.tex
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/TEMPLATES/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/TEMPLATES/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/TEMPLATES/Makefile.inc diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/TEMPLATES/ProtoMake b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/TEMPLATES/ProtoMake new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fdae2e --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/TEMPLATES/ProtoMake @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +### +### This is from the 2004 OLS and GCC Templates and is no longer +### necessary for building the 2005 Proceedings. +### It is included (with minor changes) in case anyone finds it useful... +### + +.SUFFIXES: .tex .dvi .aux .eps .fig .dia .ps .pdf .bib .bbl + +# TOP should be set to the presenter's last name (should match directory name) +TOP= +TEXFILES=$(TOP).tex +FIGFILES:=$(wildcard *.fig) +EPSFILES:=$(wildcard *.eps) +EPSFILES+=$(FIGFILES:.fig=.eps) +PDFFILES=$(EPSFILES:.eps=.pdf) + +.fig.eps: + fig2dev -L eps $< >$@ + +.fig.pdf: + fig2dev -L pdf $< >$@ + +.eps.pdf: + epstopdf $< + +all: $(TOP).ps $(TOP).pdf + +$(TOP).ps: $(TOP).dvi + dvips -o $(TOP).ps $(TOP) + +$(TOP).dvi: $(TEXFILES) $(EPSFILES) + TEXINPUTS=../Texmf:$$TEXINPUTS latex $(TOP) || true + TEXINPUTS=../Texmf:$$TEXINPUTS bibtex $(TOP) || true + TEXINPUTS=../Texmf:$$TEXINPUTS latex $(TOP) || true + TEXINPUTS=../Texmf:$$TEXINPUTS latex $(TOP) + +$(TOP).pdf: $(TEXFILES) $(PDFFILES) + TEXINPUTS=../Texmf:$$TEXINPUTS pdflatex $(TOP) || true + TEXINPUTS=../Texmf:$$TEXINPUTS bibtex $(TOP) || true + TEXINPUTS=../Texmf:$$TEXINPUTS pdflatex $(TOP) || true + TEXINPUTS=../Texmf:$$TEXINPUTS pdflatex $(TOP) + +clean: + rm -f *.aux *.dvi *.log + rm -f $(TOP).ps $(TOP).pdf $(TOP).bbl $(TOP).blg + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/TEMPLATES/autoauthor.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/TEMPLATES/autoauthor.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db66ba1 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/TEMPLATES/autoauthor.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{__TITLE__} +\subtitle{__SUBTITLE__} % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{__AUTHOR__} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +__AUTHOR__ \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{__ABSTRACT__} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/addAuthor.sh b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/addAuthor.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..0bdec4f --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/addAuthor.sh @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +# This script should be called from the top OLS/GCC directory +# (eg the one that contains the Texmf directory) + +# gccsummit or linuxsymposium ... +export WEBSITE=linuxsymposium + +# Handle fatal errors +function die { + echo $* + exit 1 +} + +# Prepare new paper/author +function do_paper { + paper="$1" + author="$2" + bio="$3" + key="$4" + title="$5" + + Dir=$(echo "$author" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]' | awk '{ print $NF }') + echo Dir is $Dir + echo Paper is $paper + echo Author is $author + echo bio is $bio and key is $key + echo Title is "$title" + echo " " + Start=$PWD + MakeAdd="${Dir}/${Dir}-abstract.tex" + if [ ! -d $Dir ] ; then mkdir $Dir || die "cannot mkdir $Dir" ; fi + cd $Dir || die "cannot cd $Dir" + + if [ ! -r ${Dir}-abstract.tex ] ; then + ### CREATE ABSTRACT (pull from $WEBSITE if available) + if [ $key -ne 0 ] ; then + links -dump 'http://www.'${WEBSITE}'.org/2005/view_abstract.php?content_key='$key > ${Dir}-abstract.tex + else + echo " " > ${Dir}-abstract.tex + fi + fi + + if [ ! -r Makefile.inc ] ; then + ### CREATE Makefile.inc + cat > Makefile.inc <<EOF +PAPERS += ${Dir}/${Dir}.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +${Dir}/${Dir}.dvi ${Dir}/${Dir}-proc.dvi: \\ + ${Dir}/${Dir}.tex \\ + ${Dir}/${Dir}-abstract.tex + +EOF + fi + if [ ! -r ${Dir}.tex ] ; then + ### CREATE BLANK PAPER + ## __TITLE__ __SUBTITLE__ __AUTHOR__ __ABSTRACT__ + echo 'title : "'${title}'"' + echo 'author : "'${author}'"' + addMake=$(basename $MakeAdd) + echo 'addMake: "'${addMake}'"' + cat $Start/TEMPLATES/autoauthor.tex | \ + sed -e "s|__TITLE__|${title}|g" | \ + sed -e 's|__SUBTITLE__| |g' | \ + sed -e "s|__AUTHOR__|${author}|g" | \ + sed -e 's|__ABSTRACT__|'${addMake}'|g' > ${Dir}.tex + fi + + cd $Start +} + +### Example usage... +## PAPER_ID=1 +## AUTHOR="Andrey Belevantsev" +## BIO_ID=0 +## CONTENT_KEY=11 +## TITLE="Improving GCC instruction scheduling for Itanium" + +## do_paper $PAPER_ID "$AUTHOR" $BIO_ID $CONTENT_KEY "$TITLE" +function do_help { + echo "Usage: $0 PAPER AUTHOR BIO_ID CONTENT_KEY TITLE" + echo "Paper = integer greater than last-used one for papers" + echo "Author = full author name, quoted" + echo "Bio_ID = number from conference website or 0 for not available" + echo "Content_Key = number for abstract from conference website, 0 for not available" + echo "Title = title of paper, quoted" +} + +if [ -z "$*" ] ; then + do_help + exit 0 +fi +if [[ "$1" = *help* ]] ; then + do_help + exit 0 +fi +if [[ "$1" = *-h* ]] ; then + do_help + exit 0 +fi + +do_paper ${@} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/cprog.sty b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/cprog.sty new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a336397 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/cprog.sty @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +% This is CSTY.STY as received by email at december 1990 +% +% The cprog macros allow programs in C, C++, Pascal, and Modula-2 to be +% included directly into TeX documents. Program text is set in a Roman +% font, comments in slanted, and strings in typewriter. Operators such as +% <= are optionally combined into single symbols like $\le$. Keywords are +% *not* emphasised---I find this ugly and distracting. (By purest +% coincidence it would also be very hard to do.) +% +% These macros can be \input in plain TeX or used as a style file in LaTeX. +% They provide a convenient alternative to tgrind, particularly for program +% fragments embedded in documents. Full instructions for use appear in the +% macro package itself. +% +% +% \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@cs.tcd.ie> <emcmanus%cs.tcd.ie@cunyvm.cuny.edu> +% +% ASCII: !"#$%&'()*+,-./09:;<=>?@AZ[\]^_`az{|}~ +% + +% BEGIN: cprog.tex (or cprog.sty) - formatting of C programs +% By \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@cs.tcd.ie>. This file is not copyrighted. +% $Id: cprog.tex,v 1.4 90/09/12 23:21:26 emcmanus Exp $ + +% This allows C programs to be formatted directly by TeX. It can be +% invoked by \cprogfile{filename} or (in LaTeX) \begin{cprog} ... +% \end{cprog} or (in plain TeX) \cprog ... \end{cprog}. In LaTeX, the +% alternative form \begin{cprog*} is allowed, where spaces in C strings +% are printed using the `square u' character (like LaTeX {verbatim*}). +% In plain TeX, you have to use \csname cprog*\endcsname for this (sorry). +% If you are using \cprogfile, say \cprogttspacetrue beforehand if you +% want this effect. + +% The formatting is (necessarily) simple. C text is set in a normal Roman +% font, comments in a slanted font, and strings in a typewriter font, with +% spaces optionally made visible as the `square u' symbol. Tabs are +% expanded to four spaces (this does not look good when comments are +% aligned to the right of program text). Some pairs of input characters +% appear as single output characters: << <= >> >= != -> are respectively +% TeX's \ll \le \gg \ge \ne \rightarrow. Say \cprogpairsfalse to disable +% this. + +% You can escape to TeX within cprog text by defining an escape character. +% The character @ is suitable for C and Pascal. I have not tested other +% characters so they may interact badly with their existing definitions here. +% To define @ as the escape character, do \cprogescape@. Then within text +% you can do @ followed by TeX commands. These commands will be in a TeX +% group with the \catcodes of \{}% as normal. The commands are terminated +% by a newline, which is not considered part of the program text. + +% The fonts below can be changed to alter the setting of the various parts +% of the program. The \cprogbaselineskip parameter can be altered to +% change the line spacing. LaTeX's \baselinestretch is taken into account +% too. The indentation applied to the whole program is \cprogindent, +% initially 0. Before and after the program there are skips of +% \beforecprogskip and \aftercprogskip; the default values are \parskip +% and 0 respectively (since there will often be a \parskip after the +% program anyway). + +% If the source text is Pascal or Modula-2, say \pascaltrue or \modulatrue +% (respectively) before formatting it. This makes (* *) be recognised for +% comments instead of /* */. Braces {} are also recognised for Pascal. +% \pascalfalse or \modulafalse as appropriate restores the default of C. + +% This package works by making a large number of characters active. Since +% even spaces are active, it is possible to examine the next character in +% a macro by making it a parameter, rather than using \futurelet as one +% would normally do. This is more convenient, but the coding does mean +% that if the next character itself wants to examine a character it may +% look at a token from the macro rather than the input text. I think that +% all cases that occur in practice have been looked after. + +% The macros could still do with some work. For example, the big macro +% defined with [] taking the place of {} could be recoded to use {} and so +% be more legible. The internal macros etc should have @ in their names, +% and should be checked against LaTeX macros for clashes. + +% Allow multiple inclusion to go faster. + +\ifx\undefined\cprogsetup % The whole file. + +% Define the fonts used for program text, comments, and strings. +% Note that if \it is used for \ccommentfont, something will need to +% be done about $ signs, which come out as pounds sterling. +\let\ctextfont=\tt \let\ccommentfont=\sl \let\cstringfont=\tt + +% Parameters. Unfortunately \newdimen is \outer (\outerness is a mistake) +% so we need a subterfuge in case we are skipping the file. +\csname newdimen\endcsname\cprogbaselineskip \cprogbaselineskip=\baselineskip +\csname newdimen\endcsname\cprogindent \cprogindent=0pt +\csname newdimen\endcsname\cprogwidth % Gets default=\hsize when cprog invoked. +\csname newskip\endcsname\beforecprogskip \beforecprogskip=\parskip +\csname newskip\endcsname\aftercprogskip \aftercprogskip=0pt +\csname newif\endcsname\ifcprogttspace +\csname newif\endcsname\ifcprogpairs \cprogpairstrue +\csname newif\endcsname\ifpascal +\csname newif\endcsname\ifmodula % Same as Pascal but no {comments}. +{\def\junk{\fi\fi\fi\fi}} % If skipping. + +\let\cprogesc\relax +\begingroup \catcode`~=\active +\gdef\cprogescape#1{% + {\catcode`~=\active \uccode`~=`#1 \aftergroup\cprogescont + \uppercase{\aftergroup~}}} +\gdef\cprogescont#1{% + \def\cprogesc{% + \makeactive#1\def#1{% + \begingroup \catcode`\\0 \catcode`{1 \catcode`}2 \catcode`\%14 + \catcode` 10 \clinegroup{}}}} +\endgroup + +\def\makeactive#1{\catcode`#1=\active} \def\makeother#1{\catcode`#1=12} +{\obeyspaces\gdef\activespace{ } \obeylines\gdef\activecr{^^M}} +{\catcode`|=\catcode`\\ \makeactive\\ |gdef|activebackslash{\}} +{\catcode9=\active \gdef\activetab{^^I}} + +% The following group makes many characters active, so that their catcodes +% in the \cprogchars macro are active, allowing them to be defined. We +% could alternatively define more stuff like \activebackslash and use +% \expandafter or (carefully) \edef to expand these in the macro. +\begingroup +\catcode`[=\catcode`{ \catcode`]=\catcode`} +\makeactive! \makeactive" \makeactive' \makeactive( \makeactive* \makeactive- +\makeactive/ \makeactive< \makeactive> \makeactive? \makeactive^ \makeactive_ +\makeactive\{ \makeactive| \makeactive\} +\gdef\activestar[*] +\gdef\cprogchars[% + \makeother##\makeother$\makeother&\makeother\%\makeother^% + \makeactive"\makeactive'\makeactive*\makeactive?\makeactive{\makeactive}% + \makeactive}\makeactive\\\makeactive_\expandafter\makeactive\activetab% + \makeactive!\makeactive<\makeactive>\makeactive-\makeactive|% + \ifcprogpairs + \def!##1[\ifx=##1$\ne$\else\string!\null##1\fi]% + \def-##1[\ifx>##1$\rightarrow$\else$\string-$##1\fi]% + % We use \aftergroup in < and > to deal with the fact that #1 might + % itself examine the following character. + \def<##1[[$\ifx<##1\ll$\else\ifx=##1\le$\else + \ifx>##1\ifpascal\ne$\else\string<$\aftergroup>\fi + \else \string<$\aftergroup##1\fi\fi\fi]]% + \def>##1[[$\ifx>##1\gg$\else\ifx=##1\ge$\else + \string>$\aftergroup##1\fi\fi]]% + \else \def![\string!\null]% Avoid !` ligature. + \def-[$\string-$]\def<[$\string<$]\def>[$\string>$]% + \fi + \def?[\string?\null]% Avoid ?` ligature. + \def"[\cquote"[\tt\string"]]\def'[\cquote'[\tt\ttquote]]\def*[$\string*$]% + \ifmodula \pascaltrue \fi % Except that {...} is used for sets. + \ifpascal + \ifmodula \dulllbrace \else + \def{[\begingroup \dulllbrace{\ccommentsetup\def}[\/\endgroup }]]% + \fi \makeactive(\let(=\pascalcomment \makeactive^\def^[$\uparrow$]% + \else \dulllbrace\makeactive/\let/=\ccomment + \fi + \def}[$\}$]\def|[$\string|$]\def~[$\sim$]\let_\_% + \expandafter\def\activebackslash[$\backslash$]% + \obeyspaces \expandafter\def\activespace[\leavevmode\space]% + \expandafter\def\activetab[\ \ \ \ ]% + \obeylines \expandafter\def\activecr[\strut\par]] +\gdef\cprogarg[\expandafter\def\activebackslash##1[\ifx##1e\let\next\cprogend + \else$\backslash$\let\next##1\fi\next]\eatcr] +\gdef\cprogend nd#1{cprog#2}[\endcprogarg] % #1 can be space, #2 *. +\gdef\dulllbrace[\def{[$\{$]] +\endgroup + +\chardef\ttquote=13 % Undirected single quote. +\begingroup \makeactive" \makeactive' \makeactive! +\gdef\cquote#1#2{% #1 is the quote, " or ', #2 how to set it. + \begingroup #2\cstringfont \makeactive\\% + \ifpascal \makeother\\\makeother^% + \else \expandafter\let\activebackslash\quotebackslash + \fi + \expandafter\edef\activespace{\ifcprogttspace\char`\ \else\ \fi}% + \expandafter\let\activecr=\unclosedstring + \def!{\string!\null}% No !` ligature. + \makeother*\makeother-\makeother/\makeother<\makeother>% + \makeother_\makeother\{\makeother\}\makeother|\makeother~% + \ifx"#1\let'\ttquote \else \makeother"\fi + \def#1{#2\endgroup}} +\endgroup +\csname newhelp\endcsname\cprogunclosedstr{% +A string or character constant earlier in the line was unclosed.^^JSo +I'm closing it now.} +\def\unclosedstring{% + \escapechar-1% + \errhelp\cprogunclosedstr + \errmessage{Unclosed string}% + \endgroup} +\newlinechar=`^^J +\def\quotebackslash#1{\char`\\% + \expandafter\ifx\activecr#1\strut\par + \else\if'\noexpand#1\ttquote\else\string#1\fi\fi} + +% In a comment, we shrink the width of the opening / to that of a space so +% that the stars in multiline comments will line up. We also shrink the +% closing * for symmetry, but not in Pascal where it looks nasty. +% Note that \end{cprog} is not recognised in strings or comments. +\def\spacebox#1{\leavevmode \hbox to \spaceskip{#1\hss}} + +\begingroup \makeactive* \makeactive! \makeother/ +\gdef\ccommentsetup{\ccommentfont \makeother-\makeother'\makeother"\makeother/% + \def!{\string!\null}\expandafter\def\activebackslash{$\backslash$}} +\gdef\ccomment#1{% + \let\next\relax + \ifx#1*\bgroup \ccommentsetup + \spacebox{\ctextfont\string/}*% + \makeactive*\def*{\commentstar/}% + \else\if\noexpand#1/\begingroup //\ccommentsetup \clinegroup\activecr + \else \string/\let\next#1% + \fi\fi\next} +\gdef\pascalcomment#1{% + \ifx#1*\bgroup \ccommentsetup \let\next\dulllbrace \makeother(% + \spacebox{\ctextfont\string(}*\makeactive*\def*{\commentstar)}% + \else (\let\next#1\fi \next} +\obeylines \long\gdef\clinegroup#1#2^^M{#2\endgroup#1}% +\endgroup +\def\commentstar#1#2{% + {\if#1\noexpand#2\egroup \ifpascal\else\aftergroup\spacebox\fi\fi}{$*$}#2} + +% We usually have an active ^^M after \cprog or \begin{cprog}. +\def\eatcr#1{{\expandafter\ifx\activecr#1\else\aftergroup#1\fi}} + +% Expand to stretch and shrink (plus and minus) of parameter #1. +\def\stretchshrink#1{\expandafter\eatdimenpart\the#1 \end} +\def\eatdimenpart#1 #2\end{#2} + +\ifx\undefined\baselinestretch \def\baselinestretch{1}\fi + +\def\cprogsetup{\ctextfont \cprogchars \parskip=0pt\stretchshrink\parskip + \ifdim \cprogwidth=0pt \else \hsize\cprogwidth \fi + \cprogesc \spaceskip\fontdimen2\font \xspaceskip\spaceskip + \baselineskip=\baselinestretch\cprogbaselineskip \parindent=\cprogindent + \vskip\beforecprogskip} +\def\endcprog{\endgroup \vskip\aftercprogskip} +\def\cprogfile#1{\begingroup \cprogsetup \input#1\endcprog} +\def\cprog{\begingroup \cprogttspacefalse \cprogsetup \cprogarg} +% Like {verbatim*}, {cprog*} uses `square u' for spaces in quoted strings. +\expandafter\def\csname cprog*\endcsname{% + \begingroup \cprogttspacetrue \cprogsetup \cprogarg} +\expandafter\let\csname endcprog*\endcsname=\endcprog +% In LaTeX we need to call \end{cprog} properly to close the environment, +% whereas in plain TeX this will end the job. The test for LaTeX is not +% bulletproof, but most plain TeX documents don't refer to the LaTeX logo. +\ifx\undefined\LaTeX \let\endcprogarg=\endcprog +\else \def\endcprogarg{\ifcprogttspace\end{cprog*}\else\end{cprog}\fi} +\fi + +\fi % \ifx\undefined\cprogsetup + +\endinput diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/createLocalInclude b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/createLocalInclude new file mode 100755 index 0000000..728df1e --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/createLocalInclude @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +au=$(basename $PWD)/; + +cat Makefile.inc | sed -e 's|'$au'||g' > Makefile.inc.local + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/individualMakefile b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/individualMakefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b82f8d --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/individualMakefile @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# Makefile for individual papers. Very ugly hack; you may wish +# to create something based on the Protomake file if you're not +# well versed in GNU Make. + +# Instructions: edit Makefile.inc to list your targets, as usual. +# This file should Just Work with it. + +# Tools - some of the dvi programs are from dviutils-1.0-9.rpm +# pdftk is from the identically named package, pdftk. +# You should not need either package for an individual paper. +LATEX = latex +BIBTEX = bibtex +DVIPS = dvips +DVIPDF = dvipdfm +DVICONCAT = dviconcat +# EXTRATEX = /usr/share/texmf: + + +# Set DIRS to be the current directory only. +ifeq ($(DIRS),) +DIRS := . +endif +## proceedings ProcSeq.mk + +# This creates a version of Makefile.inc that is suitable +# for use in the current directory. Kludgy but effective. +SUBMAKES := $(DIRS:=/Makefile.inc.local) +$(shell ../Texmf/createLocalInclude) +include $(SUBMAKES) + +all: $(PAPERS) + +# $(space) expands to a single space. +space := $(empty) $(empty) +SEARCHPATH := $(subst $(space),:,$(DIRS)): # intentional trailing colon + +# Render PDF and PostScript for each individual paper. +PS = $(PAPERS:.dvi=.ps) +PDF = $(PAPERS:.dvi=.pdf) + +papers: $(PS) $(PDF) +# proceedings: Proceedings.ps Proceedings.pdf + +clean: + rm -f $(PAPERS) $(PS) $(PDF) + rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=.aux) $(PAPERS:.dvi=.oaux) $(PAPERS:.dvi=.log) + rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=.bbl) $(PAPERS:.dvi=.blg) + rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.tex) $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.stmp) + rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.dvi) $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.log) + rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.aux) $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.oaux) + rm -f $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.bbl) $(PAPERS:.dvi=-proc.blg) + + +# Pattern rules. Generation of PDF/PS from DVI is straightforward. +%.pdf: %.dvi + cd $(@D) && $(DVIPDF) -o $(@F) $(<F) + +%.ps: %.dvi + cd $(@D) && $(DVIPS) -q -o $(@F) $(<F) + +.fig.eps: + fig2dev -L eps $< >$@ + +.fig.pdf: + fig2dev -L pdf $< >$@ + + +# Properly regenerating a .dvi file from the corresponding .tex file +# requires running LaTeX (and possibly BibTeX) in a loop. GNU make +# cannot be coded to do this, so we have a helper script to do it. +# We read the .aux files for nefarious purposes, so make needs to be +# aware that this operation generates them too. +%.dvi %.aux: %.tex + cd $(@D) && TEXINPUTS=../Texmf:$$TEXINPUTS ../Texmf/latex2dvi $(*F) + +.PHONY: all papers proceedings clean +.SECONDARY: # Never delete intermediate files. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/latex2dvi b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/latex2dvi new file mode 100755 index 0000000..8def593 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/latex2dvi @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +#! /bin/sh + +# This helper script runs pdflatex, LaTeX, and/or BibTeX in a loop until the output file +# (DVI/PDF) stabilizes. + +if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then + echo "usage: $0 TEX-FILE" >&2 + exit 2 +fi + + +input="${1%.tex}" +aux="$1".aux +oaux="$1".oaux + +# Go through the procedure twice; once for LaTeX to +# generate a stable DVI file, then once with pdflatex +# to generate a stable PDF file. We really do want both... + +for LATEX in latex pdflatex ; do + rm -f "$aux" "$oaux" + + # Run LATEX once. The output file we get from this is probably junk, but + # what we're interested in is the .aux file. If it fails, abort. + echo "+ $LATEX -interaction=nonstopmode \"$input\"" + $LATEX -interaction=nonstopmode "$input" || exit 1 + + # Determine whether we need to run BibTeX. This (should) only ever have + # to be done once. Again, if BibTeX fails, abort. + if grep -q bibdata "$aux"; then + echo "+ bibtex \"$input\"" + bibtex "$input" || exit 1 + fi + + # Save the old .aux file. + cp "$aux" "$oaux" + + # Now run LaTeX over and over again until the .aux file stops changing. + # We use \batchmode for these cycles - the user has already seen any + # diagnostics of interest. + while :; do + echo "+ $LATEX -interaction=batchmode \"$input\"" + $LATEX -interaction=batchmode "$input" || exit 1 + if cmp -s "$aux" "$oaux"; then + break + fi + cp "$aux" "$oaux" + done + +done diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/make-toc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/make-toc new file mode 100755 index 0000000..3998ea1 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/make-toc @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +#! /bin/sh + +# Generate a table of contents for the proceedings, listing all of the +# papers with their short authors. Each entry in the table of contents +# is a line like this: +# +# \item \textbf{Name of paper\hspace{\fill}pageno}\\ +# \textit{A.N. Author} +# +# The data comes from two lines in each .aux file, which look like this: +# +# \@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {toctitle}{Name of Paper}{pageno}} +# \@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {tocauthor}{A.N. Author}{pageno}} + + +if [ $# -lt 2 ]; then + echo "usage: $0 output inputs..." >&2 + exit 2 +fi + +output="$1" +shift + +for auxfile in "$@"; do + titleline=$(sed -ne 's|\\@writefile{toc}{\\contentsline {toctitle}{||p' \ + "$auxfile" | sed -e 's/}}$//') + author=$(sed -ne 's|\\@writefile{toc}{\\contentsline {tocauthor}{||p' \ + "$auxfile" | sed -e 's/}{[0-9][0-9]*}}$//') + + title=$(printf '%s\n' "$titleline" | sed -e 's/}{.*$//') + pageno=$(printf '%s\n' "$titleline" | sed -e 's/.*}{//') + + printf '\\item \\textbf{%s\\hspace{\\fill}%s}\\\\\n' "$title" "$pageno" + printf ' \\textit{%s}\n' "$author" + +done > "$output"T + +./Texmf/move-if-change "$output"T "$output" diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/make-wrapper b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/make-wrapper new file mode 100755 index 0000000..820bb83 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/make-wrapper @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#! /bin/sh + +if [ $# -eq 2 ]; then + output="${2%.stmp}.tex" + page=1 +elif [ $# -eq 3 ]; then + output="${3%.stmp}.tex" + page=$(sed -ne 's:^\\newlabel{NextPage}{{}{\([0-9][0-9]*\)}}$:\1:p' "$2") +else + echo "usage: $0 defs-file [prior-aux-file] output" >&2 + exit 2 +fi + +defs="$1" +wrapped="${output%-proc.tex}.tex" +wrapped="${wrapped#*/}" +{ + cat "$defs" + echo '\def\ProcPage{'$page'}' + echo '\input' "$wrapped" +} > "${output}T" + +./Texmf/move-if-change "${output}T" "$output" +exit 0 diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/move-if-change b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/move-if-change new file mode 100755 index 0000000..ee1b348 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/move-if-change @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#!/bin/sh + +# Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +if +test -r $2 +then +if +cmp $1 $2 > /dev/null +then +echo $2 is unchanged +rm -f $1 +else +mv -f $1 $2 +fi +else +mv -f $1 $2 +fi diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/ols.cls b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/ols.cls new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfa1a60 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/ols.cls @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +%% +%% 'ols.cls': Ottawa Linux Symposium house style. +%% +%% Based on Usenix/IEEE style file by Matthew Ward, David Beazley, +%% De Clarke, et al. Revised for OLS by John Lockhart. Rewritten as +%% a class file, and 'proceedings' mode added, by Zack Weinberg. +%% +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] +\ProvidesClass{ols}[2005/01/31 v1.1 Ottawa Linux Symposium house style] + +% This class faces a dilemma. On the one hand, article.cls does a lot +% of work which we would prefer not to duplicate. On the other hand, +% a surprisingly large amount of that work is wrong for OLS style, +% particularly in proceedings mode, and has to be overridden. +% Presently I think the tradeoff is in favor of reading article.cls +% and then overriding big chunks of it. + +% Options: formatting mode. +% Galley mode suppresses everything that gets in the way of +% composition: page numbers, references, and as many 'this doesn't +% fit' type diagnostics as possible. +\newif\if@galley % checked by \ref wrapper +\newif\if@proceedings % checked by \maketitle etc. + +\DeclareOption{galley} + {\@galleytrue\@proceedingsfalse% + \setlength{\overfullrule}{0pt}% + \hbadness10000\vbadness10000\tolerance10000\let\@largefloatcheck\@empty% + \AtBeginDocument{\pagestyle{empty}}} +% Proof mode corresponds to standard article.cls' ``draft'' mode. +\DeclareOption{proof} + {\@galleyfalse\@proceedingsfalse% + \setlength{\overfullrule}{5pt}} +% Final mode corresponds to standard article.cls' ``final'' mode. +% This is the default. +\DeclareOption{final} + {\@galleyfalse\@proceedingsfalse% + \setlength{\overfullrule}{0pt}} +% Proceedings mode is used when formatting the entire proceedings as +% one volume. In this mode, we use fancy page headings, leave a +% gutter for binding, inject a blank page at the end of the document +% if it ends on a right-hand page, and write out some extra +% information for use by the scripts that glue all the .dvi files +% together. +\DeclareOption{proceedings} + {\@galleyfalse\@proceedingstrue + \setlength{\overfullrule}{0pt}% + \PassOptionsToPackage{twoside}{geometry}% + \PassOptionsToClass{twoside}{article}% + \AtBeginDocument{\pagestyle{proceedings}}} + +% Enable use of article.cls leqno,fleqn,openbib options. +\DeclareOption{leqno}{\PassOptionsToClass{leqno}{article}} +\DeclareOption{fleqn}{\PassOptionsToClass{fleqn}{article}} +\DeclareOption{openbib}{\PassOptionsToClass{openbib}{article}} + +\ExecuteOptions{final} +\ProcessOptions\relax + +\LoadClass[12pt,twocolumn]{article} + +% Global page layout. The author does not get a choice: 12 point +% text, two columns, US letter paper, no marginal notes. The geometry +% package does most of the work. +% If your version of the geometry package is too old, +% please get a new one from http://www.ctan.org, or ask "papers" for help. +\RequirePackage[paper=letterpaper,textheight=9in,textwidth=6.5in,% + heightrounded,twocolumn,columnsep=0.25in]{geometry}[2002/07/08] % >= v3.2 +\setlength\columnseprule{0pt} + +% Blank-line-between-paragraphs style. +\setlength\parindent{\z@} +\setlength\parskip{12\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus3\p@} + +% Section titles are bold and 18 point, 2 blank lines before, 1 after. +\renewcommand\section% + {\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {24\p@ \@plus6\p@ \@minus6\p@}% + {12\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus3\p@}% + {\large\bfseries}} + +% Subsection titles are bold and 12 point, 1 blank line before, 1 after. +\renewcommand\subsection% + {\@startsection {subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {12\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus3\p@}% + {12\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus3\p@}% + {\normalsize\bfseries}} + +% Font and encoding choice. To consider: a different choice of fonts +% might be more pleasant. +\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} +\RequirePackage{mathptmx} +%% times and mathptmx both set up tt/sans +% \RequirePackage[scaled=.92]{helvet} +% \RequirePackage{courier} +\RequirePackage{times} + + + +% Title handling. The article.cls definition of \maketitle and +% \@maketitle must be completely overridden. For \maketitle, the +% principal differences are the removal of the undesirable +% \thispagestyle, the removal of the unnecessary single-column logic, +% and the added logic to handle proceedings mode. For \@maketitle, +% the principal change is the addition of \subtitle. + +% Define \shortauthor along the lines of \author; the \author value +% tends to contain stuff that cannot be safely written to a toc file +% (and to be too long, to boot). Same same \subtitle. +\def\shortauthor#1{\gdef\@shortauthor{#1}} +\def\@shortauthor{\@latex@error{No \noexpand\shortauthor given}\@ehc} +\def\subtitle#1{\gdef\@subtitle{\\{\normalsize #1}}} +\def\@subtitle{} % You don't have to have a subtitle. + +\renewcommand\maketitle{\par + \if@proceedings + \date{}% Do not print a date in the proceedings. + % Write out a table-of-contents fragment giving the paper title and + % authors. + \addcontentsline{toc}{toctitle}{\@title}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{tocauthor}{\@shortauthor}% + \fi + \begingroup + \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}% + \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}% + \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent + \hb@xt@1.8em{% + \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}% + \ifnum \col@number=\@ne + \@maketitle + \else + \twocolumn[\@maketitle]% + \fi + \endgroup + \setcounter{footnote}{0}% + \global\let\thanks\relax + \global\let\maketitle\relax + \global\let\@maketitle\relax + \global\let\@thanks\@empty + \global\let\@author\@empty + \global\let\@shortauthor\@empty + \global\let\@date\@empty + % In proceedings, \@title is preserved for use in left-hand-page headers. + \if@proceedings \else + \global\let\@title\@empty + \fi + \global\let\title\relax + \global\let\author\relax + \global\let\shortauthor\relax + \global\let\date\relax + \global\let\and\relax +} + +\renewcommand\@maketitle{% + \newpage + \null + \vskip 2em% + \begin{center}% + \let \footnote \thanks + {\LARGE \@title \@subtitle \par}% + \vskip 1.5em% + {\large + \lineskip .5em% + \begin{tabular}[t]{c}% + \@author + \end{tabular}\par}% + \vskip 1em% + {\large \@date}% + \end{center}% + \par + \vskip 1.5em} + +% Proceedings page style. +% The wrapper file is expected to define \ProcName. +\newcommand\ps@proceedings{% + % No footers. + \let\@oddfoot\@empty + \let\@evenfoot\@empty + % Odd header gives the page number and name of the proceedings volume. + \renewcommand\@oddhead{% + \leaders\hrule\hfil\kern0.25em\relax + {\slshape \ProcName}~~\textbullet~~\thepage} + % Even header gives the page number and title of the current + % article. + \renewcommand\@evenhead{% + \thepage~~\textbullet~~{\slshape \@title} \kern0.25em \leaders\hrule\hfil} +} + +% Special begin-document and end-document handling for proceedings +% mode. The wrapper file is expected to define \ProcPage. +\if@proceedings + \AtBeginDocument{\setcounter{page}{\ProcPage}\thispagestyle{empty}} + \AtEndDocument{\cleardoublepage + % This is sorta like lastpage.sty, and sorta not (it generates the + % page number of the first page of the next document, not the page + % number of the last page of this document). The \immediate is + % necessary because we just did \cleardoublepage, so there isn't + % going to be another invocation of the output routine. + \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\newlabel{NextPage}{{}{\thepage}}}} +\fi + +% In galley mode, cross-references are suppressed: \label is ignored, +% \ref, \pageref, \cite print ``[refname]'' in typewriter font. The +% point is mainly to make LaTeX shut up about undefined references +% while one is composing. (If you use varioref, we cannot help you.) +\if@galley + \renewcommand{\label}[1]{} + \renewcommand{\ref}[1]% + {{\footnotesize\ttfamily\bfseries [#1]}} + \let\pageref=\ref + \let\cite=\ref +\fi + +% Prevent the use of a number of commands whose functionality is +% incompatible with the paper-concatenation logic or the page layout. +\newcommand\@notproceedings[3]{% + \renewcommand{#1}[#2]{% + \ClassError{ols}{\string #1 not supported.}% + {Papers to be collected into proceedings may not have #3.% + \MessageBreak Press RETURN to ignore and continue.}}} + +\newcommand\@notlayout[3]{% + \renewcommand{#1}[#2]{% + \ClassError{ols}{\string #1 not supported.}% + {This page layout does not permit #3.% + \MessageBreak Press RETURN to ignore and continue.}}} + +\@notlayout{\marginpar}{1}{marginal notes} +% For now, allow \thispagestyle because FrontMatter needs it. +%\@notlayout{\thispagestyle}{1}{page style overrides} +\@notproceedings{\tableofcontents}{0}{tables of contents} +\@notproceedings{\listoffigures}{0}{lists of figures} +\@notproceedings{\listoftables}{0}{lists of tables} +\@notproceedings{\glossary}{1}{glossaries} +\@notproceedings{\index}{1}{indices} + +% Provide a means to tell if we're running under pdflatex +\newif\ifpdf +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined +\pdffalse +\else +\pdfoutput=1 +\pdftrue +\fi + + +\endinput diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/underscore.sty b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/underscore.sty new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a274b39 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/underscore.sty @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +% underscore.sty 12-Oct-2001 Donald Arseneau asnd@triumf.ca +% Make the "_" character print as "\textunderscore" in text. +% Copyright 1998,2001 Donald Arseneau; Distribute freely if unchanged. +% Instructions follow after the definitions. + +\ProvidesPackage{underscore}[2001/10/12] + +\begingroup + \catcode`\_=\active + \gdef_{% \relax % No relax gives a small vulnerability in alignments + \ifx\if@safe@actives\iftrue % must be outermost test! + \string_% + \else + \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect + \ifmmode \sb \else \BreakableUnderscore \fi + \else + \ifx\protect\@unexpandable@protect \noexpand_% + \else \protect_% + \fi\fi + \fi} +\endgroup + +% At begin: set catcode; fix \long \ttdefault so I can use it in comparisons; +\AtBeginDocument{% + {\immediate\write\@auxout{\catcode\number\string`\_ \string\active}}% + \catcode\string`\_\string=\active + \edef\ttdefault{\ttdefault}% +} + +\newcommand{\BreakableUnderscore}{\leavevmode\nobreak\hskip\z@skip + \ifx\f@family\ttdefault \string_\else \textunderscore\fi + \usc@dischyph\nobreak\hskip\z@skip} + +\DeclareRobustCommand{\_}{% + \ifmmode \nfss@text{\textunderscore}\else \BreakableUnderscore \fi} + +\let\usc@dischyph\@dischyph +\DeclareOption{nohyphen}{\def\usc@dischyph{\discretionary{}{}{}}} +\DeclareOption{strings}{\catcode`\_=\active} + +\ProcessOptions +\ifnum\catcode`\_=\active\else \endinput \fi + +%%%%%%%% Redefine commands that use character strings %%%%%%%% + +\@ifundefined{UnderscoreCommands}{\let\UnderscoreCommands\@empty}{} +\expandafter\def\expandafter\UnderscoreCommands\expandafter{% + \UnderscoreCommands + \do\include \do\includeonly + \do\@input \do\@iinput \do\InputIfFileExists + \do\ref \do\pageref \do\newlabel + \do\bibitem \do\@bibitem \do\cite \do\nocite \do\bibcite +} + +% Macro to redefine a macro to pre-process its string argument +% with \protect -> \string. +\def\do#1{% Avoid double processing if user includes command twice! + \@ifundefined{US\string_\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}{% + \edef\@tempb{\meaning#1}% Check if macro is just a protection shell... + \def\@tempc{\protect}% + \edef\@tempc{\meaning\@tempc\string#1\space\space}% + \ifx\@tempb\@tempc % just a shell: hook into the protected inner command + \expandafter\do + \csname \expandafter\@gobble\string#1 \expandafter\endcsname + \else % Check if macro takes an optional argument + \def\@tempc{\@ifnextchar[}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\@tempa####1\meaning\@tempc}% + \@tempa##2##3\@tempa{##2\relax}% + \edef\@tempb{\meaning#1\meaning\@tempc}% + \edef\@tempc{\noexpand\@tempd \csname + US\string_\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname}% + \if \expandafter\@tempa\@tempb \relax 12\@tempa % then no optional arg + \@tempc #1\US@prot + \else % There is optional arg + \@tempc #1\US@protopt + \fi + \fi + }{}} + +\def\@tempd#1#2#3{\let#1#2\def#2{#3#1}} + +\def\US@prot#1#2{\let\@@protect\protect \let\protect\string + \edef\US@temp##1{##1{#2}}\restore@protect\US@temp#1} +\def\US@protopt#1{\@ifnextchar[{\US@protarg#1}{\US@prot#1}} +\def\US@protarg #1[#2]{\US@prot{{#1[#2]}}} + +\UnderscoreCommands +\let\do\relax \let\@tempd\relax % un-do + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\endinput + +underscore.sty 12-Oct-2001 Donald Arseneau + +Features: +~~~~~~~~~ +\_ prints an underscore so that the hyphenation of constituent words +is not affected and hyphenation is permitted after the underscore. +For example, "compound\_fracture" hyphenates as com- pound_- frac- ture. +If you prefer the underscore to break without a hyphen (but still with +the same rules for explicit hyphen-breaks) then use the [nohyphen] +package option. + +A simple _ acts just like \_ in text mode, but makes a subscript in +math mode: activation_energy $E_a$ + +Both forms use an underscore character if the font encoding contains +one (e.g., "\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}" or typewriter fonts in any encoding), +but they use a rule if the there is no proper character. + +Deficiencies: +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The skips and penalties ruin any kerning with the underscore character +(when a character is used). However, there doesn't seem to be much, if +any, such kerning in the ec fonts, and there is never any kerning with +a rule. + +You must avoid "_" in file names and in cite or ref tags, or you must use +the babel package, with its active-character controls, or you must give +the [strings] option, which attempts to redefine several commands (and +may not work perfectly). Even without the [strings] option or babel, you +can use occasional underscores like: "\include{file\string_name}". + +Option: [strings] +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The default operation is quite simple and needs no customization; but +you must avoid using "_" in any place where LaTeX uses an argument as +a string of characters for some control function or as a name. These +include the tags for \cite and \ref, file names for \input, \include, +and \includegraphics, environment names, counter names, and placement +parameters (like "[t]"). The problem with these contexts is that they +are `moving arguments' but LaTeX does not `switch on' the \protect +mechanism for them. + +If you need to use the underscore character in these places, the package +option [strings] is provided to redefine commands taking a string argument +so that the argument is protected (with \protect -> \string). The list +of commands is given in "\UnderscoreCommands", with "\do" before each, +covering \cite, \ref, \input, and their variants. Not included are many +commands regarding font names, everything with counter names, environment +names, page styles, and versions of \ref and \cite defined by external +packages (e.g. \vref and \citeyear). + +You can add to the list of supported commands by defining \UnderscoreCommands +before loading this package; e.g. + + \usepackage{chicago} + \newcommand{\UnderscoreCommands}{% (\cite already done) + \do\citeNP \do\citeA \do\citeANP \do\citeN \do\shortcite + \do\shortciteNP \do\shortciteA \do\shortciteANP \do\shortciteN + \do\citeyear \do\citeyearNP + } + \usepackage[strings]{underscore} + +Not all commands can be supported this way! Only commands that take a +string argument *first* can be protected. One optional argument before +the string argument is also permitted, as exemplified by \cite: both +\cite{tags} and \cite[text]{tags} are allowed. A command like +\@addtoreset which takes two counter names as arguments could not +be protected by adding it to \UnderscoreCommands. + +!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! +!! When you use the [strings] option, you must load this package !! +!! last (or nearly last). !! +!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + +There are two reasons: 1) The redefinitions done for protection must come +after other packages define their customized versions of those commands. +2) The [strings] option requires the _ character to be activated immediately +in order for the cite and ref tags to be read properly from the .aux file +as plain strings, and this catcode setting might disrupt other packages. + +The babel package implements a protection mechanism for many commands, +and will be a complete fix for most documents without the [strings] option. +Many add-on packages are compatible with babel, so they will get the +strings protection also. However, there are several commands that are +not covered by babel, but can easily be supported by the [strings] and +\UnderscoreCommands mechanism. Beware that using both [strings] and babel +may lead to conflicts, but does appear to work (load babel last). + +Implementation Notes: +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The first setting of "_" to be an active character is performed in a local +group so as to not interfere with other packages. The catcode setting +is repeated with \AtBeginDocument so the definition is in effect for the +text. However, the catcode setting is repeated immediately when the +[strings] option is detected. + +The definition of the active "_" is essentially: + \ifmmode \sb \else \BreakableUnderscore \fi +where "\sb" retains the normal subscript meaning of "_" and where +"\BreakableUnderscore" is essentially "\_". The rest of the definition +handles the "\protect"ion without causing \relax to be inserted before +the character. + +\BreakableUnderscore uses "\nobreak\hskip\z@skip" to separate the +underscore from surrounding words, thus allowing TeX to hyphenate them, +but preventing free breaks around the underscore. Next, it checks the +current font family, and uses the underscore character from tt fonts or +otherwise \textunderscore (which is a character or rule depending on +the font encoding). After the underscore, it inserts a discretionary +hyphenation point as "\usc@dischyph", which is usually just "\-" +except that it still works in the tabbing environment, although it +will give "\discretionary{}{}{}" under the [nohyphen] option. After +that, another piece of non-breaking interword glue is inserted. +Ordinarily, the comparison "\ifx\f@family\ttdefault" will always fail +because \ttdefault is `long' where \f@family is not (boooo hisss), but +\ttdefault is redefined to be non-long by "\AtBeginDocument". + +The "\_" command is then defined to use "\BreakableUnderscore". + +If the [strings] option is not given, then that is all! + +Under the [strings] option, the list of special commands is processed to: +- retain the original command as \US_command (\US_ref) +- redefine the command as \US@prot\US_command for ordinary commands + (\ref -> \US@prot\US_ref) or as \US@protopt\US_command when an optional + argument is possible (\bibitem -> \US@protopt\US_bibitem). +- self-protecting commands (\cite) retain their self-protection. +Diagnosing the state of the pre-existing command is done by painful +contortions involving \meaning. + +\US@prot and \US@protopt read the argument, process it with \protect +enabled, then invoke the saved \US_command. + +Modifications: +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +12-Oct-2001 Babel (safe@actives) compatibility and [nohyphen] option. + +Test file integrity: ASCII 32-57, 58-126: !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789 +:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~ diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/zrl.sty b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/zrl.sty new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b21d18 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/Texmf/zrl.sty @@ -0,0 +1,446 @@ + +%%%%% This file is a kludge until such time as I learn to do it elegantly. Sorry. +%% url - external. Intended for items which do not contain spaces, and +%% containing global options for obeying & breaking at spaces. But +%% we need to do change those things on the fly, so we're making a copy +%% of url.sty and defining two extra groups, zrl and xrl, that +%% permit handling these options on the fly. + +%% Thus you can mix url without obeyspaces and/or spaces with the following: +%% zrl - url with obeyspaces,spaces turned on +%% xrl - url with obeyspaces turned on + +% zrl.sty ver 1.4 02-Mar-1999 Donald Arseneau asnd@triumf.ca +% Copyright 1996-1999 Donald Arseneau, Vancouver, Canada. +% This program can be used, distributed, and modified under the terms +% of the LaTeX Project Public License. +% +% A form of \verb that allows linebreaks at certain characters or +% combinations of characters, accepts reconfiguration, and can usually +% be used in the argument to another command. It is intended for email +% addresses, hypertext links, directories/paths, etc., which normally +% have no spaces. The font may be selected using the \zrlstyle command, +% and new zrl-like commands can be defined using \zrldef. +% +% Usage: Conditions: +% \zrl{ } If the argument contains any "%", "#", or "^^", or ends with +% "\", it can't be used in the argument to another command. +% The argument must not contain unbalanced braces. +% \zrl| | ...where "|" is any character not used in the argument and not +% "{" or a space. The same restrictions as above except that the +% argument may contain unbalanced braces. +% \xyz for "\xyz" a defined-zrl; this can be used anywhere, no matter +% what characters it contains. +% +% See further instructions after "\endinput" +% +\def\Zrl@ttdo{% style assignments for tt fonts or T1 encoding +\def\ZrlBreaks{\do\.\do\@\do\\\do\/\do\!\do\_\do\|\do\%\do\;\do\>\do\]% + \do\)\do\,\do\?\do\'\do\+\do\=}% +\def\ZrlBigBreaks{\do\:\do@zrl@hyp}% +\def\ZrlNoBreaks{\do\(\do\[\do\{\do\<}% (unnecessary) +\def\ZrlSpecials{\do\ {\ }}% +\def\ZrlOrds{\do\*\do\-\do\~}% any ordinary characters that aren't usually +} + +\def\Xrl@ttdo{% style assignments for tt fonts or T1 encoding +\def\XrlBreaks{\do\.\do\@\do\\\do\/\do\!\do\_\do\|\do\%\do\;\do\>\do\]% + \do\)\do\,\do\?\do\'\do\+\do\=}% +\def\XrlBigBreaks{\do\:\do@xrl@hyp}% +\def\XrlNoBreaks{\do\(\do\[\do\{\do\<}% (unnecessary) +\def\XrlSpecials{\do\ {\ }}% +\def\XrlOrds{\do\*\do\-\do\~}% any ordinary characters that aren't usually +} + +\def\Zrl@do{% style assignments for OT1 fonts except tt +\def\ZrlBreaks{\do\.\do\@\do\/\do\!\do\%\do\;\do\]\do\)\do\,\do\?\do\+\do\=}% +\def\ZrlBigBreaks{\do\:\do@zrl@hyp}% +\def\ZrlNoBreaks{\do\(\do\[\do\{}% prevents breaks after *next* character +\def\ZrlSpecials{\do\<{\langle}\do\>{\mathbin{\rangle}}\do\_{\_% + \penalty\@m}\do\|{\mid}\do\{{\lbrace}\do\}{\mathbin{\rbrace}}\do + \\{\mathbin{\backslash}}\do\~{\raise.6ex\hbox{\m@th$\scriptstyle\sim$}}\do + \ {\ }}% +\def\ZrlOrds{\do\'\do\"\do\-}% +} +\def\Xrl@do{% style assignments for OT1 fonts except tt +\def\XrlBreaks{\do\.\do\@\do\/\do\!\do\%\do\;\do\]\do\)\do\,\do\?\do\+\do\=}% +\def\XrlBigBreaks{\do\:\do@xrl@hyp}% +\def\XrlNoBreaks{\do\(\do\[\do\{}% prevents breaks after *next* character +\def\XrlSpecials{\do\<{\langle}\do\>{\mathbin{\rangle}}\do\_{\_% + \penalty\@m}\do\|{\mid}\do\{{\lbrace}\do\}{\mathbin{\rbrace}}\do + \\{\mathbin{\backslash}}\do\~{\raise.6ex\hbox{\m@th$\scriptstyle\sim$}}\do + \ {\ }}% +\def\XrlOrds{\do\'\do\"\do\-}% +} + + +\def\zrl@ttstyle{% +\@ifundefined{selectfont}{\def\ZrlFont{\tt}}{\def\ZrlFont{\ttfamily}}\Zrl@ttdo +} +\def\xrl@ttstyle{% +\@ifundefined{selectfont}{\def\XrlFont{\tt}}{\def\XrlFont{\ttfamily}}\Xrl@ttdo +} + + +\def\zrl@rmstyle{% +\@ifundefined{selectfont}{\def\ZrlFont{\rm}}{\def\ZrlFont{\rmfamily}}\Zrl@do +} +\def\xrl@rmstyle{% +\@ifundefined{selectfont}{\def\XrlFont{\rm}}{\def\XrlFont{\rmfamily}}\Xrl@do +} + + +\def\zrl@sfstyle{% +\@ifundefined{selectfont}{\def\ZrlFont{\sf}}{\def\ZrlFont{\sffamily}}\Zrl@do +} +\def\xrl@sfstyle{% +\@ifundefined{selectfont}{\def\XrlFont{\sf}}{\def\XrlFont{\sffamily}}\Xrl@do +} + + +\def\zrl@samestyle{\ifdim\fontdimen\thr@@\font=\z@ \zrl@ttstyle \else + \zrl@rmstyle \fi \def\ZrlFont{}} +\def\xrl@samestyle{\ifdim\fontdimen\thr@@\font=\z@ \xrl@ttstyle \else + \xrl@rmstyle \fi \def\XrlFont{}} + +\@ifundefined{strip@prefix}{\def\strip@prefix#1>{}}{} +\@ifundefined{verbatim@nolig@list}{\def\verbatim@nolig@list{\do\`}}{} + +\def\Zrl{% + \begingroup \let\zrl@moving\relax\relax \endgroup + \ifmmode\@nomatherr$\fi + \ZrlFont $\fam\z@ \textfont\z@\font + \let\do\@makeother \dospecials % verbatim catcodes + \catcode`{\@ne \catcode`}\tw@ \catcode`\ 10 % except braces and spaces + \medmuskip0mu \thickmuskip\medmuskip \thinmuskip\medmuskip + \@tempcnta\fam\multiply\@tempcnta\@cclvi + \let\do\set@mathcode \ZrlOrds % ordinary characters that were special + \advance\@tempcnta 8192 \ZrlBreaks % bin + \advance\@tempcnta 4096 \ZrlBigBreaks % rel + \advance\@tempcnta 4096 \ZrlNoBreaks % open + \let\do\set@mathact \ZrlSpecials % active + \let\do\set@mathnolig \verbatim@nolig@list % prevent ligatures + \@ifnextchar\bgroup\Zrl@z\Zrl@y} + +\def\Zrl@y#1{\catcode`{11 \catcode`}11 + \def\@tempa##1#1{\Zrl@z{##1}}\@tempa} +\def\Zrl@z#1{\def\@tempa{#1}\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\Zrl@Hook + \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\@tempa\ZrlRight\m@th$\endgroup} +\def\Zrl@Hook{\ZrlLeft} +\let\ZrlRight\@empty +\let\ZrlLeft\@empty + +\def\Xrl{% + \begingroup \let\xrl@moving\relax\relax \endgroup + \ifmmode\@nomatherr$\fi + \XrlFont $\fam\z@ \textfont\z@\font + \let\do\@makeother \dospecials % verbatim catcodes + \catcode`{\@ne \catcode`}\tw@ \catcode`\ 10 % except braces and spaces + \medmuskip0mu \thickmuskip\medmuskip \thinmuskip\medmuskip + \@tempcnta\fam\multiply\@tempcnta\@cclvi + \let\do\set@mathcode \XrlOrds % ordinary characters that were special + \advance\@tempcnta 8192 \XrlBreaks % bin + \advance\@tempcnta 4096 \XrlBigBreaks % rel + \advance\@tempcnta 4096 \XrlNoBreaks % open + \let\do\set@mathact \XrlSpecials % active + \let\do\set@mathnolig \verbatim@nolig@list % prevent ligatures + \@ifnextchar\bgroup\Xrl@z\Xrl@y} + +\def\Xrl@y#1{\catcode`{11 \catcode`}11 + \def\@tempa##1#1{\Xrl@z{##1}}\@tempa} +\def\Xrl@z#1{\def\@tempa{#1}\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\Xrl@Hook + \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\@tempa\XrlRight\m@th$\endgroup} +\def\Xrl@Hook{\XrlLeft} +\let\XrlRight\@empty +\let\XrlLeft\@empty + + +\def\set@mathcode#1{\count@`#1\advance\count@\@tempcnta\mathcode`#1\count@} +\def\set@mathact#1#2{\mathcode`#132768 \lccode`\~`#1\lowercase{\def~{#2}}} +\def\set@mathnolig#1{\ifnum\mathcode`#1<32768 + \lccode`\~`#1\lowercase{\edef~{\mathchar\number\mathcode`#1_{\/}}}% + \mathcode`#132768 \fi} + +\def\zrldef#1#2{\begingroup \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup + \def\Zrl@z{\Zrl@def{#1}{#2}}#2} +\expandafter\ifx\csname DeclareRobustCommand\endcsname\relax + \def\Zrl@def#1#2#3{\m@th$\endgroup\egroup\endgroup + \def#1{#2{#3}}} +\else + \def\Zrl@def#1#2#3{\m@th$\endgroup\egroup\endgroup + \DeclareRobustCommand{#1}{#2{#3}}} +\fi + +\def\xrldef#1#2{\begingroup \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup + \def\Xrl@z{\Xrl@def{#1}{#2}}#2} +\expandafter\ifx\csname DeclareRobustCommand\endcsname\relax + \def\Xrl@def#1#2#3{\m@th$\endgroup\egroup\endgroup + \def#1{#2{#3}}} +\else + \def\Xrl@def#1#2#3{\m@th$\endgroup\egroup\endgroup + \DeclareRobustCommand{#1}{#2{#3}}} +\fi + +\def\zrlstyle#1{\csname zrl@#1style\endcsname} +\def\xrlstyle#1{\csname xrl@#1style\endcsname} + +% Sample (and default) configuration: +% +\newcommand\zrl{\begingroup \Zrl} +\newcommand\xrl{\begingroup \Xrl} +% +% picTeX defines \path, so declare it optionally: +\@ifundefined{path}{\newcommand\path{\begingroup \zrlstyle{tt}\Zrl}}{} +\@ifundefined{path}{\newcommand\path{\begingroup \xrlstyle{tt}\Xrl}}{} +% +% too many styles define \email like \address, so I will not define it. +% \newcommand\email{\begingroup \zrlstyle{rm}\Zrl} + +% Process LaTeX \package options +% +\zrlstyle{tt} +%\let\Zrl@sppen\@M +\def\do@zrl@hyp{}% by default, no breaks after hyphens +%%%%% +\let\Zrl@sppen\relpenalty +\let\Zrl@Hook\relax +\xrlstyle{tt} +\let\Xrl@sppen\@M +\def\do@xrl@hyp{}% by default, no breaks after hyphens +\let\Xrl@Hook\relax +%%%%% +\@ifundefined{ProvidesPackage}{}{ + \ProvidesPackage{zrl}[1999/03/02 \space ver 1.4 \space + Verb mode for zrls, email addresses, and file names] + \DeclareOption{hyphens}{\def\do@zrl@hyp{\do\-}\def\do@xrl@hyp{\do\-}}% allow breaks after hyphens + \DeclareOption{obeyspaces}{\let\Zrl@Hook\relax\let\Xrl@Hook\relax}% a flag for later + \DeclareOption{spaces}{\let\Zrl@sppen\relpenalty} + \DeclareOption{T1}{\let\Zrl@do\Zrl@ttdo\let\Xrl@do\Xrl@ttdo} + \ProcessOptions +\ifx\Zrl@Hook\relax % [obeyspaces] was declared + \def\Zrl@Hook#1\ZrlRight\m@th{\edef\@tempa{\noexpand\ZrlLeft + \Zrl@retain#1\Zrl@nosp\, }\@tempa\ZrlRight\m@th} + \def\Zrl@retain#1 {#1\penalty\Zrl@sppen\ \Zrl@retain} + \def\Zrl@nosp\,#1\Zrl@retain{} +\fi +\ifx\Xrl@Hook\relax % [obeyspaces] was declared + \def\Xrl@Hook#1\XrlRight\m@th{\edef\@tempa{\noexpand\XrlLeft + \Xrl@retain#1\Xrl@nosp\, }\@tempa\XrlRight\m@th} + \def\Xrl@retain#1 {#1\penalty\Xrl@sppen\ \Xrl@retain} + \def\Xrl@nosp\,#1\Xrl@retain{} +\fi +} + +\edef\zrl@moving{\csname Zrl Error\endcsname} +\expandafter\edef\zrl@moving + {\csname zrl used in a moving argument.\endcsname} +\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \let \zrl@moving\undefined + +\edef\xrl@moving{\csname Xrl Error\endcsname} +\expandafter\edef\xrl@moving + {\csname xrl used in a moving argument.\endcsname} +\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \let \xrl@moving\undefined + +% "verbatim" with line breaks, obeying spaces +\providecommand\code{\begingroup \xrlstyle{tt}\Xrl} +% as above, but okay to break lines at spaces +\providecommand\brcode{\begingroup \zrlstyle{tt}\Zrl} + +% Same as the pair above, but 'l' for long == small type +\providecommand\lcode{\begingroup \small\xrlstyle{tt}\Xrl} +\providecommand\lbrcode{\begingroup \small\zrlstyle{tt}\Zrl} + +% For identifiers - "verbatim" with line breaks at punctuation +\providecommand\ident{\begingroup \urlstyle{tt}\Url} +\providecommand\lident{\begingroup \small\urlstyle{tt}\Url} + + +\endinput +% +% zrl.sty ver 1.4 02-Mar-1999 Donald Arseneau asnd@reg.triumf.ca +% +% This package defines "\zrl", a form of "\verb" that allows linebreaks, +% and can often be used in the argument to another command. It can be +% configured to print in different formats, and is particularly useful for +% hypertext links, email addresses, directories/paths, etc. The font may +% be selected using the "\zrlstyle" command and pre-defined text can be +% stored with the "\zrldef" command. New zrl-like commands can be defined, +% and a "\path" command is provided this way. +% +% Usage: Conditions: +% \zrl{ } If the argument contains any "%", "#", or "^^", or ends with +% "\", it can't be used in the argument to another command. +% The argument must not contain unbalanced braces. +% \zrl| | ...where "|" is any character not used in the argument and not +% "{" or a space. The same restrictions as above except that the +% argument may contain unbalanced braces. +% \xyz for "\xyz" a defined-zrl; this can be used anywhere, no matter +% what characters it contains. +% +% The "\zrl" command is fragile, and its argument is likely to be very +% fragile, but a defined-zrl is robust. +% +% Package Option: obeyspaces +% Ordinarily, all spaces are ignored in the zrl-text. The "[obeyspaces]" +% option allows spaces, but may introduce spurious spaces when a zrl +% containing "\" characters is given in the argument to another command. +% So if you need to obey spaces you can say "\usepackage[obeyspaces]{zrl}", +% and if you need both spaces and backslashes, use a `defined-zrl' for +% anything with "\". +% +% Package Option: hyphens +% Ordinarily, breaks are not allowed after "-" characters because this +% leads to confusion. (Is the "-" part of the address or just a hyphen?) +% The package option "[hyphens]" allows breaks after explicit hyphen +% characters. The "\zrl" command will *never ever* hyphenate words. +% +% Package Option: spaces +% Likewise, breaks are not usually allowed after spaces under the +% "[obeyspaces]" option, but giving the options "[obeyspaces,spaces]" +% will allow breaks at those spaces. +% +% Package Option: T1 +% This signifies that you will be using T1-encoded fonts which contain +% some characters missing from most older (OT1) encoded TeX fonts. This +% changes the default definition for "\zrlstyle{rm}". +% +% Defining a defined-zrl: +% Take for example the email address "myself%node@gateway.net" which could +% not be given (using "\zrl" or "\verb") in a caption or parbox due to the +% percent sign. This address can be predefined with +% \zrldef{\myself}\zrl{myself%node@gateway.net} or +% \zrldef{\myself}\zrl|myself%node@gateway.net| +% and then you may use "\myself" instead of "\zrl{myself%node@gateway.net}" +% in an argument, and even in a moving argument like a caption because a +% defined-zrl is robust. +% +% Style: +% You can switch the style of printing using "\zrlstyle{tt}", where "tt" +% can be any defined style. The pre-defined styles are "tt", "rm", "sf", +% and "same" which all allow the same linebreaks but different fonts -- +% the first three select a specific font and the "same" style uses the +% current text font. You can define your own styles with different fonts +% and/or line-breaking by following the explanations below. The "\zrl" +% command follows whatever the currently-set style dictates. +% +% Alternate commands: +% It may be desireable to have different things treated differently, each +% in a predefined style; e.g., if you want directory paths to always be +% in tt and email addresses to be rm, then you would define new zrl-like +% commands as follows: +% +% \newcommand\email{\begingroup \zrlstyle{rm}\Zrl} +% \newcommand\directory{\begingroup \zrlstyle{tt}\Zrl} +% +% You must follow this format closely, and NOTE that the final command is +% "\Zrl", not "\zrl". In fact, the "\directory" example is exactly the +% "\path" definition which is pre-defined in the package. If you look +% above, you will see that "\zrl" is defined with +% \newcommand\zrl{\begingroup \Zrl} +% I.e., using whatever zrl-style has been selected. +% +% You can make a defined-zrl for these other styles, using the usual +% "\zrldef" command as in this example: +% +% \zrldef{\myself}{\email}{myself%node.domain@gateway.net} +% +% which makes "\myself" act like "\email{myself%node.domain@gateway.net}", +% if the "\email" command is defined as above. The "\myself" command +% would then be robust. +% +% Defining styles: +% Before describing how to customize the printing style, it is best to +% mention something about the unusual implementation of "\zrl". Although +% the material is textual in nature, and the font specification required +% is a text-font command, the text is actually typeset in *math* mode. +% This allows the context-sensitive linebreaking, but also accounts for +% the default behavior of ignoring spaces. Now on to defining styles. +% +% To change the font or the list of characters that allow linebreaks, you +% could redefine the commands "\ZrlFont", "\ZrlBreaks", "\ZrlSpecials" etc. +% directly in the document, but it is better to define a new `zrl-style' +% (following the example of "\zrl@ttstyle" and "\zrl@rmstyle") which defines +% all of "\ZrlBigbreaks", "\ZrlNoBreaks", "\ZrlBreaks", "\ZrlSpecials", and +% "\ZrlFont". +% +% Changing font: +% The "\ZrlFont" command selects the font. The definition of "\ZrlFont" +% done by the pre-defined styles varies to cope with a variety of LaTeX +% font selection schemes, but it could be as simple as "\def\ZrlFont{\tt}". +% Depending on the font selected, some characters may need to be defined +% in the "\ZrlSpecials" list because many fonts don't contain all the +% standard input characters. +% +% Changing linebreaks: +% The list of characters that allow line-breaks is given by "\ZrlBreaks" +% and "\ZrlBigBreaks", which have the format "\do\c" for character "c". +% The differences are that `BigBreaks' have a lower penalty and have +% different breakpoints when in sequence (as in "http://"): `BigBreaks' +% are treated as mathrels while `Breaks' are mathbins (see The TeXbook, +% p.170). In particular, a series of `BigBreak' characters will break at +% the end and only at the end; a series of `Break' characters will break +% after the first and after every following *pair*; there will be no +% break after a `Break' character if a `BigBreak' follows. In the case +% of "http://" it doesn't matter whether ":" is a `Break' or `BigBreak' -- +% the breaks are the same in either case; but for DECnet nodes with "::" +% it is important to prevent breaks *between* the colons, and that is why +% colons are `BigBreaks'. +% +% It is possible for characters to prevent breaks after the next following +% character (I use this for parentheses). Specify these in "\ZrlNoBreaks". +% +% You can do arbitrarily complex things with characters by making them +% active in math mode (mathcode hex-8000) and specifying the definition(s) +% in "\ZrlSpecials". This is used in the rm and sf styles for OT1 font +% encoding to handle several characters that are not present in those +% computer-modern style fonts. See the definition of "\Zrl@do", which +% is used by both "\zrl@rmstyle" and "\zrl@sfstyle"; it handles missing +% characters via "\ZrlSpecials". The nominal format for setting each +% special character "c" is: "\do\c{<definition>}", but you can include +% other definitions too. +% +% +% If all this sounds confusing ... well, it is! But I hope you won't need +% to redefine breakpoints -- the default assignments seem to work well for +% a wide variety of applications. If you do need to make changes, you can +% test for breakpoints using regular math mode and the characters "+=(a". +% +% Yet more flexibility: +% You can also customize the verbatim text by defining "\ZrlRight" and/or +% "\ZrlLeft", e.g., for ISO formatting of zrls surrounded by "< >", define +% +% \renewcommand\zrl{\begingroup \def\ZrlLeft{<zrl: }\def\ZrlRight{>}% +% \zrlstyle{tt}\Zrl} +% +% The meanings of "\ZrlLeft" and "\ZrlRight" are *not* reproduced verbatim. +% This lets you use formatting commands there, but you must be careful not +% to use TeX's special characters ("\^_%~#$&{}" etc.) improperly. +% You can also define "\ZrlLeft" to reprocess the verbatim text, but the +% format of the definition is special: +% +% \def\ZrlLeft#1\ZrlRight{ ... do things with #1 ... } +% +% Yes, that is "#1" followed by "\ZrlRight" then the definition. For +% example, to put a hyperTeX hypertext link in the DVI file: +% +% \def\ZrlLeft#1\ZrlRight{\special{html:<a href="#1">}#1\special{html:</a>}} +% +% Using this technique, zrl.sty can provide a convenient interface for +% performing various operations on verbatim text. You don't even need +% to print out the argument! For greatest efficiency in such obscure +% applications, you can define a null zrl-style where all the lists like +% "\ZrlBreaks" are empty. +% +% Revision History: +% ver 1.1 6-Feb-1996: +% Fix hyphens that wouldn't break and ligatures that weren't suppressed. +% ver 1.2 19-Oct-1996: +% Package option for T1 encoding; Hooks: "\ZrlLeft" and "\ZrlRight". +% ver 1.3 21-Jul-1997: +% Prohibit spaces as delimiter characters; change ascii tilde in OT1. +% ver 1.4 02-Mar-1999 +% LaTeX license; moving-argument-error +% The End + +Test file integrity: ASCII 32-57, 58-126: !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789 +:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~ diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/VERSION b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/VERSION new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14623c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/VERSION @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +2005 Linux Symposium Proceedings Templates V1.1 04 May 2005 diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/banginwar/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/banginwar/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a80583 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/banginwar/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += banginwar/banginwar.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +banginwar/banginwar.dvi banginwar/banginwar-proc.dvi: \ + banginwar/banginwar.tex \ + banginwar/banginwar-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/banginwar/banginwar-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/banginwar/banginwar-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..126d865 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/banginwar/banginwar-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +% Rajesh Banginwar (rajesh.banginwar@intel.com) + +The Linux Standards base (LSB) specifies the binary +interface between an application and a runtime +environment. This paper discusses the LSB Development +Kit (LDK) consisting of a build environment and +associated tools to assist software developers for +building/porting their applications to the LSB +interface. The developers will be able to use the build +environment on their development machines catching the +LSB porting issues early in the development cycle +reducing overall LSB conformance testing time and cost. +The associated tools include the application and +package checkers to test the LSB conformance for +application binaries and RPM packages. + +This paper starts with the discussion about advantages +of using this build environment and how it simplifies +application development/porting for LSB conformance. We +use the standard Linux/Unix chroot command to create a +controlled environment to keep check on the API usage +by the application during the build to ensure 100\% LSB +compliance. After discussing the build environment +implementation details the paper briefly talks about +the associated tools for validating binaries and RPM +packages for LSB conformance. The paper concludes with +a case study about the usage of the build environment +as well as the associated tools. diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/banginwar/banginwar.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/banginwar/banginwar.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dba6d62 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/banginwar/banginwar.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Linux Standard Base Development Kit for application building/porting} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Rajesh Banginwar} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Rajesh Banginwar \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{banginwar-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ben-yossef/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ben-yossef/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8195b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ben-yossef/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += ben-yossef/ben-yossef.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +ben-yossef/ben-yossef.dvi ben-yossef/ben-yossef-proc.dvi: \ + ben-yossef/ben-yossef.tex \ + ben-yossef/ben-yossef-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ben-yossef/ben-yossef-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ben-yossef/ben-yossef-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6821cc --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ben-yossef/ben-yossef-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +% Building Murphy compatible embedded Linux systems + +% Gilad Ben-Yossef (gilad@codefidence.com) + +It's 2:00 a.m. An embedded Linux system +in the ladies' room of an Albuquerque gas station is +being updated remotely. Just as the last bytes hit the +flash, disaster strikes---the power fails. Now what? +The regular way of updating the configuration or +performing software upgrade of Linux systems is a \textit{nonsequitur} +in the embedded space. Still, many developers +use these methods, or worse, for lack of a better +alternative. This talk introduces a better +alternative---a framework for safe remote configuration and +software upgrade of a Linux system that supports atomic +transactions, parallel, interactive and programmed +updates, and multiple software versions with rollback +and all using using such ``novel'' concepts as POSIX +\ident{rename(2)}, Linux \ident{pivot_root(2)}, and the initrd/initramfs +mechanism. diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ben-yossef/ben-yossef.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ben-yossef/ben-yossef.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ecbb179 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ben-yossef/ben-yossef.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Building Murphy-compatible embedded Linux systems} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Gilad Ben-Yossef} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Gilad Ben-Yossef \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{ben-yossef-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bligh/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bligh/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cc6776 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bligh/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += bligh/bligh.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +bligh/bligh.dvi bligh/bligh-proc.dvi: \ + bligh/bligh.tex \ + bligh/bligh-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bligh/bligh-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bligh/bligh-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35fbaec --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bligh/bligh-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + +% Registration Can you handle the pressure? Making Linux +% bulletproof under load +% Martin J Bligh (mbligh@aracnet.com) + +Operating under memory pressure has been a +persistent problem for Linux customers. +Despite significant work done in the 2.6 +kernel to improve its handling of memory, it +is still easy to make the Linux kernel slow to +a crawl or lock up completely under load. + +One of the fundamental sources for memory +pressure is the filesystem pagecache usage, +along with the \ident{buffer_head} entries that +control them. Another problem area is inode +and dentry cache entries in the slab cache. +Linux struggles to keep either of these under +control. Userspace processes provide another +obvious source of memory usage, which are +partially handled by the OOM killer subsystem, +which has often been accused of making poor +decisions on which process to kill. + +This paper takes a closer look at various +scenerios causing of memory pressure and the +way VM handles it currently, what we have done +to keep the system for falling apart. This +paper also discusses the future work that +needs to be done to improve further, which may +require careful re-design of subsystems. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bligh/bligh.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bligh/bligh.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d3b641 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bligh/bligh.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Can you handle the pressure? Making Linux bulletproof under load} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Martin J Bligh} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Martin J Bligh \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{bligh-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bottomley/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bottomley/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09f8079 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bottomley/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += bottomley/bottomley.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +bottomley/bottomley.dvi bottomley/bottomley-proc.dvi: \ + bottomley/bottomley.tex \ + bottomley/bottomley-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bottomley/bottomley-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bottomley/bottomley-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2387025 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bottomley/bottomley-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + +% Registration Block Devices and Transport Classes: Where are we +% going? +% Proposal James Bottomley (jejb@steeleye.com) + +A transport class is quite simply a device driver +helper library with an associated sysfs component. +Although this sounds deceptively simple, in practise it +allows fairly large simplifications in device driver +code. Up until recently, transport classes were +restricted to be SCSI only, but now they can be made to +apply to any device driver at all (including ones with +no actual transports). + +The need for a transport class comes into most device +driver subsystems that drive a class of devices. SCSI +is a really good example of this: We have a core set of +APIs which are needed by every SCSI driver (whether +Parallel SCSI, Fibre Channel or something even more +exotic) to do with queueing commands and interpreting +status codes. However, there were a large number of +ancillary services which don't apply to the whole of +SCSI, like Domain Validation for Parallel SCSI or +target disconnection/reconnection for Fibre Channel. +The sysfs exposure gives the user a well known way to +control device parameters (like period and offset, for +parallel SCSI) without having to develop a core SCSI +API. Since a transport class has only a sysfs interface +and a driver API, it is completely independent of the +SCSI core. This makes the classes arbitrarily +extensible and imposes no limit on how many may be +simultaneously present. + +This talk will examine the evolution of the transport +class in SCSI, covering its current uses in Parallel +SCSI (SPI), Fibre Channel (FC) and other transports +(iSCSI and SAS), contrasting it with previous +approaches, like CAM, and follow with a description of +how the concept was freed from the SCSI subsystem and +how it could be applied in other aspects of kernel +development, particularly block devices. diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bottomley/bottomley.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bottomley/bottomley.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fe8da4 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/bottomley/bottomley.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Block Devices and Transport Classes: Where are we going?} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{James Bottomley} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +James Bottomley \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{bottomley-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/brown/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/brown/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06a8d6e --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/brown/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += brown/brown.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +brown/brown.dvi brown/brown-proc.dvi: \ + brown/brown.tex \ + brown/brown-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/brown/brown-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/brown/brown-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15beae8 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/brown/brown-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + +% Hot Keys, Video Control, Suspend/Resume, Oh +% My! -- Recent advances and current challenges in Linux/ACPI +% +% Len Brown (len.brown@intel.com) + +*ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power +Interface) is an open industry specification +establishing industry-standard interfaces for +OS-directed configuration and power management +on laptops, desktops, and servers. + +ACPI enables new power management technology +to evolve independently in operating systems +and hardware while ensuring that they continue +to work together. + +This paper begins with a brief overview +of ACPI features, a description of the +Linux/ACPI implementation, and the state of +Linux/ACPI deployment. + +Detailed discussion of key technical areas +follows, highlighting recent progress in Linux +as well as current and future challenges. The +focus areas this year include plug-and-play +configuration; processor power management; +CPU, IO and memory hot-plug; laptop hot-keys; +video control and suspend/resume. In addition, +the ACPI 3.0 specification was published after +OLS last year, so we're now able to discuss +Linux's response to {ACPI 3.0} in some detail. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/brown/brown.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/brown/brown.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6f2ab4 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/brown/brown.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Hot Keys, Video Control, Suspend/Resume, Oh My! -- Recent advances and current challenges in Linux/ACPI} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Len Brown} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Len Brown \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{brown-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cannon/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cannon/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19f18e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cannon/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += cannon/cannon.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +cannon/cannon.dvi cannon/cannon-proc.dvi: \ + cannon/cannon.tex \ + cannon/cannon-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cannon/cannon-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cannon/cannon-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5accce1 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cannon/cannon-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + +% How to talk to Business people about the value of Open Source +% Art Cannon (acannon@us.ibm.com) + +The basic tenet of any business is to make +profit by capitalizing on market opportunities +when they present themselves. A visionary may +be able to see the convergence of various +technologies and accurately predict a paradigm +shift. It is left to the business person to +know who to listen to, and when and how to +act. It is much easier to do this if one +remains flexible (open to new ideas) and has a +business information technology process which +accommodates change. When executed properly, +use of disruptive technology can bring both a +tactical and strategic advantage. + +In this world, \textit{there are 10 types of people, those that understand binary and those that do not.} +Consider this talk an introduction which +will give people who do understand some +insight into how to market and sell, to people +who do not understand. I intend to provide the +participants with a common approach to selling +and implementing their ideas with their +customers (internal or external). It will +provide a common understanding of how to +approach selling by understanding +requirements, pain points and vocabulary. +Acquisition costs can be minuscule compared to +operating costs. I will include examination of +some of the costs of open source adoption and +an understanding of why its adoption will and +does vary by geography. diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cannon/cannon.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cannon/cannon.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ccd8652 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cannon/cannon.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{How to Talk to Business People About the Value of Open Source} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Art Cannon} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Art Cannon \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{cannon-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cao/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cao/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7672b2e --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cao/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += cao/cao.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +cao/cao.dvi cao/cao-proc.dvi: \ + cao/cao.tex \ + cao/cao-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cao/cao-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cao/cao-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cbe742 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cao/cao-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + +% State of Art : Where we are with the Ext3 filesystem? +% Mingming Cao (cmm@us.ibm.com) + +There has been a lot of ext3 filesystem +development work during the past two years +toward making ext3 an outstanding filesystem. +In this paper, we discuss some features like +directory indexing, block reservation and on- +line resizing, which have been accepted in the +mainline kernel recently. We also discuss +those features implemented but not yet +incorporated into the mainline kernel, such as +extent maps, delayed allocation and multiple +block allocation. We further include an +overview of implementation and performance +improvements for some of these features. +Finally, we review some features which are +still on the drawing board. diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cao/cao.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cao/cao.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0af13b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/cao/cao.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{State of the Art: Where we are with the Ext3 filesystem?} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Mingming Cao} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Mingming Cao \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{cao-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/corbet/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/corbet/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a85cdf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/corbet/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += corbet/corbet.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +corbet/corbet.dvi corbet/corbet-proc.dvi: \ + corbet/corbet.tex \ + corbet/corbet-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/corbet/corbet-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/corbet/corbet-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b102f51 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/corbet/corbet-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + +% A 2.6 kernel roadmap +% +% Jonathan Corbet (corbet@lwn.net) + +I will look at the 2.6 development process: +how it works, how it got to where it is now, +and where it is headed. The talk will include +a discussion of what changes are likely to be +seen in the near future and the important +decisions made at the Kernel Summit held +immediately prior to OLS. I will also attempt +to point out other interesting OLS sessions +for people interested in learning more about +specific subjects. This talk should be of +interest to anybody who is looking to learn +more about how the Linux kernel is made and +what the future development plans are. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/corbet/corbet.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/corbet/corbet.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a3c24b --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/corbet/corbet.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{A 2.6 kernel roadmap} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Jonathan Corbet} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Jonathan Corbet \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{corbet-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/day/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/day/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bed23d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/day/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += day/day.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +day/day.dvi day/day-proc.dvi: \ + day/day.tex \ + day/day-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/day/day-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/day/day-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..959a0ac --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/day/day-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + +% Using a the Xen Hypervisor to Supercharge OS Deployment +% Mike D Day (ncmike@us.ibm.com) + +Hypervisor technology presents some promising +opportunities for optimizing Linux deployment. +We discuss modifying initrd and the init +process to work in cooperation with the Xen +hypervisor to create any number of unique +server instances by re-using a single system +image. By isolating a server's unique +properties into a set of patches to +initialization scripts and other selected +files, deployment of a new server can occur in +a few seconds. To capture changes to a +server's configuration that occur while it is +running, we discuss using an LVM snapshot to +hold changes to selected files. By separating +the initialization and file data that make a +linux server instance unique, that data can be +stored and retrieved in a number of ways. We +discuss storing and retrieving different +initialization patches over the network and +integration of these capabilities into the Xen +tools. Potential uses for the techniques +demonstrated in the paper include capacity on +demand, and new methods of provisioning +servers and workstations. diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/day/day.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/day/day.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..372ba6f --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/day/day.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Using a the Xen Hypervisor to Supercharge OS Deployment} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Mike D Day} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Mike D Day \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{day-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/denijs/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/denijs/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1712509 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/denijs/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += denijs/denijs.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +denijs/denijs.dvi denijs/denijs-proc.dvi: \ + denijs/denijs.tex \ + denijs/denijs-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/denijs/denijs-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/denijs/denijs-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f821300 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/denijs/denijs-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +% [1]>linuxsymposium July 20-23rd, 2005, Ottawa, Canada + +% Registration Active Block I/O Scheduling System (ABISS) +% +% [2]Register/Submit Giel de Nijs (giel.de.nijs@philips.com) + +The Active Block I/O Scheduling System (ABISS) is an +extension of the hard-disk storage subsystem of Linux. +It is designed to provide guaranteed reading and +writing bitrates to applications, with minimal overhead +and low latency. The core element of ABISS is a +scheduler that performs intelligent read-ahead or +write-back, based on the access profile the application +has previously requested. An adaptation of existing +work on incorporating support for priority requests +into the elevator (``IO scheduler'') is part of our +implementation, and enables ABISS to ensure that +real-time requests are served in a timely manner. +Besides the extension to the storage subsystem, we have +implemented experimental support for delayed allocation +in the FAT file system, to be effectively able to +provide the guaranteed writing bitrates. We are working +on combining this with disk space reservations, which +are also part of on-going development on ext3. +Applications use the regular POSIX API, and control the +ABISS extensions either directly through ioctls, or a +library offering simple wrapper functions. ABISS +contains by a user-space demon that oversees resource +allocation and handles admission control. Also some +minor modifications were made to file system drivers. +ABISS currently supports FAT, VFAT, ext2, and ext3. In +a set of experimental runs with real-life data rates on +a deliberately not very powerful test system reflecting +a typical embedded device, we have measured that all +read and write operations completed within 6 ms, while +a background load of eight concurrent greedy readers or +writers, served in a best-effort way, experienced +delays worse by a factor of more than 4000. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/denijs/denijs.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/denijs/denijs.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8af08af --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/denijs/denijs.tex @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Active Block I/O Scheduling System (ABISS)} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +%\date{24 Jan 2005} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Giel de Nijs} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Giel de Nijs \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{denijs-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/dike/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/dike/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..249ae09 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/dike/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += dike/dike.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +dike/dike.dvi dike/dike-proc.dvi: \ + dike/dike.tex \ + dike/dike-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/dike/dike-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/dike/dike-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35e66fe --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/dike/dike-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + +% Registration UML and the Intel VT extensions +% +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Jeff Dike (jdike@addtoit.com) + +Intel has added virtualization extensions (VT) +to the x86 architecture. It adds a new set of +rings, guest rings 0 through 3, to the +traditional rings, which are now called the +host rings. + +User-mode Linux (UML) is in the process of +being enhanced to make use of these extensions +for greater performance. It will run in guest +ring 0, gaining the ability to directly +receive software interrupts. This will allow +it to handle process system calls without +needing assistance from the host kernel, which +will let UML handle system calls at hardware +speed. + +In spite of running in a ring 0, UML will +appear to remain in userspace, making system +calls to the host kernel and receiving signals +from it. So, it will retain its current +manageability, while getting a performance +boost from its use of the hardware. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/dike/dike.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/dike/dike.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e98821 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/dike/dike.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{UML and the Intel VT extensions} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Jeff Dike} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Jeff Dike \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{dike-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/gettys/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/gettys/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..309ce14 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/gettys/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += gettys/gettys.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +gettys/gettys.dvi gettys/gettys-proc.dvi: \ + gettys/gettys.tex \ + gettys/gettys-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/gettys/gettys-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/gettys/gettys-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d9eefc --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/gettys/gettys-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + +% Registration The New X Input System +% +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal James Gettys (jim.gettys@hp.com) +% +% Content A New X Window System Input System + +The X Window System, for historical reasons, +has presumed a static configuration of screens +and input devices such as keyboards, mice, +joysticks, etc, configured by a file (the +dread \texttt{xorg.conf} or \texttt{XF86Config} file), under +control of a single individual. + +But USB input devices are now hot-pluggable, +and users justifiably expect that they should +be able to plug them into a running system and +have them ``just work,'' without requiring +rebooting the Linux/UNIX kernel or restarting +the X server, having laboriously hand-edited +an X server configuration file. Instead, the X +server must move to a model where it is told +what to do by external agents, and do so in a +dynamic fashion, in response to a user's +action. + +Additonally, projectors and other large +displays, calling out to be used by more than +one person at a time, are becoming +econonomical. Input devices themselves must be +able to be network devices, and the X server +become a multi-user server, if this vision is +to become a reality. + +The issues faced break down into the following +categories: +\begin{itemize} + \item fundamental X architectural issues + \item XInput extension protocol issues + \item Integration with the desktop environment + \item X server implementation infrastructure issues + \item Security and authentication + \item Device discovery, authentication and association +\end{itemize} + +Hotplug of display screens present similar +challenges, but such hardware is either rare +(PCMCIA/CARDBUS displays) or not yet widely +deployed (e.g.\ PCI-e), it is out of the scope +of this paper. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/gettys/gettys.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/gettys/gettys.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5effa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/gettys/gettys.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{The New X Input System} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{James Gettys} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +James Gettys \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{gettys-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goggin/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goggin/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b7ec6f --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goggin/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += goggin/goggin.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +goggin/goggin.dvi goggin/goggin-proc.dvi: \ + goggin/goggin.tex \ + goggin/goggin-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goggin/goggin-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goggin/goggin-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f37031c --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goggin/goggin-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + +% Registration Linux Multipathing +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Ed Goggin (egoggin@emc.com) + +Linux multipathing provides I/O failover and +path load sharing for multipathed block +devices. In this paper, we provide an overview +of the current device mapper based +multipathing capability and use authentic +customer configurations to drive Enterprise +level requirements for future multipathing +enhancements. We describe the interaction +amongst kernel multipathing modules, user mode +multipathing tools, hotplug, udev, and kpartx +components when considering use cases. Use +cases include path and logical unit +re-configuration, partition management, and +path failover for both active-active and +active-passive generic storage systems. We +also describe lessons learned during testing +the MD scheme on high end storage systems. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goggin/goggin.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goggin/goggin.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8076b06 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goggin/goggin.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Linux Multipathing} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Ed Goggin} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Ed Goggin \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{goggin-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goyal/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goyal/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da9f2f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goyal/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += goyal/goyal.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +goyal/goyal.dvi goyal/goyal-proc.dvi: \ + goyal/goyal.tex \ + goyal/goyal-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goyal/goyal-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goyal/goyal-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a396e49 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goyal/goyal-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + +% Registration Kdump, A Kexec based kernel crash dumping +% mechanism +% Vivek Goyal (vgoyal@in.ibm.com) + +Kdump is a kexec-based kernel crash dumping +mechanism, which is being perceived as a +reliable crash dumping solution for Linux. In +this paper we discuss what kexec is and what +it can do in general case. Kexec has been +modified to boot a new kernel even in a system +crash event. This paper includes the details +about the changes made in kexec to handle the +panic situations. Given the fact that kexec +enables booting into a new kernel while +preserving the memory contents in a crash +scenario, kdump uses this feature to capture +the kernel crash dump. Physical memory layout +and processor state are encoded in ELF Core +format and these headers are stored in a +reserved section of memory. Upon a crash, new +kernel boots up from reserved memory and +provides a platform to retrieve stored elf +headers and capture the crash dump. We briefly +discuss elf core header creation and dump +capture mechanism and also detail how to +configure and use kdump feature. + + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goyal/goyal.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goyal/goyal.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..08e506f --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/goyal/goyal.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Kdump, A Kexec-based kernel crash dumping mechanism} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Vivek Goyal} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Vivek Goyal \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{goyal-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/griffin/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/griffin/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9ad2c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/griffin/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += griffin/griffin.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +griffin/griffin.dvi griffin/griffin-proc.dvi: \ + griffin/griffin.tex \ + griffin/griffin-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/griffin/griffin-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/griffin/griffin-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0413d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/griffin/griffin-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + +% Registration Paper Introducing the new Novell Linux Kernel Debugger +% (NLKD) +% Proposal Clyde Griffin (clyde.griffin@novell.com) + +In this paper we introduce the architecture and +features of the new Novell Linux Kernel Debugger +(NLKD). We start with a general introduction to NLKD +and discuss the motivations behind this effort. Next we +discuss the architecture of NLKD at a high level and +introduce the key components of NLKD, which include the +Core Debug Engine (CDE) and two debug agents referred +to as the Console Debug Agent (CDA) and the Remote +Debug Agent (RDA). We discuss in some detail the state +machine logic at the heart of CDE and the interactions +between it and the debug agents. Next we discuss the +functionality and features of CDA and the transports +supported by RDA. Finally, we describe the extensible +and pluggable nature of NLKD's architecture. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/griffin/griffin.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/griffin/griffin.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c51551c --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/griffin/griffin.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Introducing the new Novell Linux Kernel Debugger, NLKD} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Clyde Griffin} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Clyde Griffin \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{griffin-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/grossman/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/grossman/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ecc116 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/grossman/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += grossman/grossman.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +grossman/grossman.dvi grossman/grossman-proc.dvi: \ + grossman/grossman.tex \ + grossman/grossman-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/grossman/grossman-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/grossman/grossman-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbbeb54 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/grossman/grossman-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + +% Registration Large Receive Offload implementation in +% Neterion 10GbE Ethernet driver +% Leonid Grossman (leonid@neterion.com) + +The benefits of Transmit Side Offload (TSO) +implementation in Ethernet ASICs and device +drivers are well known. TSO is a \textit{de facto} +standard in 2.6 Linux kernel and provides +significant reduction in \%cpu utilization, +especially with 1500 MTU. On a cpu-bound +system, these cycles translate into dramatic +throughput increase. Unlike TOE, stateless +offloads do not break the Linux stack and do +not introduce security and support issues. +Stateless offload benefits are especially +apparent at 10 Gigabit rates. 10GbE sender +with TSO hardware support uses a fraction of a +single cpu to run at line rate, leaving plenty +of cycles for applications. On the receiver +side, the Linux stack presently does not have +a stateless offload similar to TSO. Receiver +\%cpu typically becomes a bottleneck that +prevents 10GbE adapters from reaching line +rate with 1500 mtu. Neterion hw/sw Large +Receive Offload (LRO) solution was designed to +address this bottleneck and further reduce TCP +processing overhead on the receiver. Both +design and performance results will be +presented. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/grossman/grossman.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/grossman/grossman.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db06be4 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/grossman/grossman.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Large Receive Offload implementation in Neterion 10GbE Ethernet driver} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Leonid Grossman} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Leonid Grossman \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{grossman-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/halcrow/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/halcrow/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3947ae4 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/halcrow/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += halcrow/halcrow.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +halcrow/halcrow.dvi halcrow/halcrow-proc.dvi: \ + halcrow/halcrow.tex \ + halcrow/halcrow-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/halcrow/halcrow-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/halcrow/halcrow-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a56d2b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/halcrow/halcrow-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + +% Registration eCryptfs: An Enterprise-class Encrypted Filesystem for +% Linux +% Proposal Michael Austin Halcrow (linuxsymposium.org@halcrow.us) + +eCryptfs is a cryptographic filesystem for Linux that +stacks on top of existing filesystems. It provides +functionality similar to that of GnuPG, only the +process of encrypting and decrypting the data is done +transparently from the perspective of the application. +eCryptfs leverages the recently introduced Linux kernel +keyring service, the kernel cryptographic API, the +Linux Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) framework, +OpenSSL, the Trusted Platform Module (TPM), and the +GnuPG keyring in order to make the process of key and +authentication token management seamless to the end +user. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/halcrow/halcrow.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/halcrow/halcrow.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..561c141 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/halcrow/halcrow.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{eCryptfs: An Enterprise-class Encrypted Filesystem for Linux} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Michael Austin Halcrow} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Michael Austin Halcrow \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{halcrow-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hart/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hart/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..409bed7 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hart/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += hart/hart.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +hart/hart.dvi hart/hart-proc.dvi: \ + hart/hart.tex \ + hart/hart-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hart/hart-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hart/hart-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a79cb2e --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hart/hart-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + +% Registration We're not getting any younger +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Darren Vincent Hart (dvhltc@us.ibm.com) + +The Linux time subsystem, which once provided +only tick granularity via a simple periodic +addition to xtime, now must provide nanosecond +resolution. As more and more unique +timekeeping hardware becomes available, and as +virtualization and low-latency demands grow, +the complexity of maintenance and bug +resolution increases. + +This paper explores the requirements of a +modern timing system, encompassing both +time-keeping and hard and soft timers. We +propose a new infrastructure to elegantly meet +those needs and discuss how kernel interfaces +can best be modified to use human-time units. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hart/hart.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hart/hart.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ea94c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hart/hart.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{We are not getting any younger} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Darren Vincent Hart} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Darren Vincent Hart \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{hart-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtje/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtje/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9bdd6ab --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtje/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += holtje/holtje.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +holtje/holtje.dvi holtje/holtje-proc.dvi: \ + holtje/holtje.tex \ + holtje/holtje-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtje/holtje-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtje/holtje-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..381df59 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtje/holtje-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + +% Registration Automated BoardFarm: Only Better with Bacon +% [2]Register/Submit Christian Holtje (christian.holtje@timesys.com) + +In this presentation, we will introduce the concept of +a BoardFarm, a tool to aid in the development and +support of embedded systems. Timesys had an opportunity +to save time and energy that was being spent juggling a +limited number of embedded boards among our developers, +customers, and support staff who are spread throughout +the world. We decided to build a system to provide +remote access to the boards and to automate many of the +tedious tasks such as running tests, booting the boards +and installing software including the operating +systems, board support packages and toolchains. This +allows the developers and support gurus at Timesys to +concentrate on the problem at hand instead of how each +board boots or how a specific board needs to be set up. + +We will talk about why the BoardFarm was built, how to +use it, how it works, and what it's being used for. We +will also talk about ideas that we have for future +improvements. Pigs were harmed in the making of this +BoardFarm and were delicious. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtje/holtje.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtje/holtje.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43da096 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtje/holtje.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Automated BoardFarm: Only Better with Bacon} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Christian Holtje} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Christian Holtje \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{holtje-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtmann/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtmann/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a81f54c --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtmann/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += holtmann/holtmann.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +holtmann/holtmann.dvi holtmann/holtmann-proc.dvi: \ + holtmann/holtmann.tex \ + holtmann/holtmann-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtmann/holtmann-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtmann/holtmann-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf76c7c --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtmann/holtmann-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + +% Registration The BlueZ towards a wireless world of penguins +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Marcel Holtmann (marcel@holtmann.org) + +The Bluetooth wireless technology is getting +more and more attention. There are a lot of +devices available and most of them are working +perfect with Linux, because Linux has the +BlueZ. This is the codename of the official +Bluetooth protocol stack for Linux and since +its announcement on May, 3rd 2001 many things +have been improved. Now it is possible to use +Bluetooth for simple cable free serial +connections, dialup networks, TCP/IP networks, +ISDN networks, human interface devices, +printing, imaging, file transfers, contact and +calendar synchronization etc. All these +services are designed to integrate seamlessly +into existing and established parts of Linux, +like the kernel TTY layer, the network +subsystem, the CUPS printing architecture, the +OpenOBEX library and so on. This talk will +explain the architecture of BlueZ and +demonstrate its easy usability. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtmann/holtmann.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtmann/holtmann.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9e8ef2 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/holtmann/holtmann.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{The BlueZ towards a wireless world of penguins} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Marcel Holtmann} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Marcel Holtmann \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{holtmann-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hubert/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hubert/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ab3fdd --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hubert/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += hubert/hubert.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +hubert/hubert.dvi hubert/hubert-proc.dvi: \ + hubert/hubert.tex \ + hubert/hubert-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hubert/hubert-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hubert/hubert-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..696a80f --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hubert/hubert-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +% Registration On faster application startup times: Cache +% stuffing, seek profiling, adaptive preloading +% bert hubert (ahu@ds9a.nl) + +This paper presents data on current +application start-up pessimizations (on-demand +loading), relevant numbers on real-life +harddisk seek times in a running system +(measured from within the kernel), and shows +and demonstrates possible improvements, both +from userspace and in the kernel. On a side +note, changes to the GNU linker are discussed +which might help. Very preliminary experiments +have already shown a four-fold speedup in +starting FireFox from a cold cache. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hubert/hubert.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hubert/hubert.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c16dd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/hubert/hubert.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{On faster application startup times: Cache stuffing, seek profiling, adaptive preloading} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{bert hubert} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +bert hubert \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{hubert-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/johnson/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/johnson/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd8686e --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/johnson/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += johnson/johnson.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +johnson/johnson.dvi johnson/johnson-proc.dvi: \ + johnson/johnson.tex \ + johnson/johnson-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/johnson/johnson-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/johnson/johnson-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d101a4c --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/johnson/johnson-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + +% Registration Building Linux Software with Conary +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Michael K. Johnson (a1237+ols@danlj.org) + +I will describe best practices in Conary +packaging: avoiding redundancy with package +inheritance and recipe design; implementing +release management using branches, shadows, +labels, and flavors; and designing and writing +dynamic tag handlers. I will describe how +Conary policy prevents common packaging +errors. I will provide examples from our +Specifix Linux distribution, illustrating the +design principles of the Conary build process. +I will then describe the steps needed to +create a new distribution based on the +Specifix Linux distribution, using the +distributed branch and shadow features of +Conary. + + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/johnson/johnson.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/johnson/johnson.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3efe93c --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/johnson/johnson.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Building Linux Software with Conary} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Michael K. Johnson} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Michael K. Johnson \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{johnson-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/kacur/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/kacur/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..887c9d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/kacur/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += kacur/kacur.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +kacur/kacur.dvi kacur/kacur-proc.dvi: \ + kacur/kacur.tex \ + kacur/kacur-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/kacur/kacur-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/kacur/kacur-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c744be --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/kacur/kacur-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + +% Registration Profiling Java on Linux +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal John Kacur (jekacur@ca.ibm.com) + +In this paper, I will examine two profilers. +IBM's Open Source Performance Inspector and +OProfile which contains code that has been +officially accepted into the Linux Kernel. +Currently OProfile doesn't work with programs +that dynamically generate code, such as Python +and Java JITs. Various people have proposed +patches that record events in anonymously +mapped memory regions as raw virtual +addresses, instead of the usual tuple of +binary image and offset. This information can +be postprocessed by matching it with the +output generated by running a Java program +with Performance Inspector's JPROF which uses +JVMPI to record addresses of JITted methods. +In this paper, I will discuss the details of +profiling Java, specifically looking at the +inner workings of OProfile and Performance +Inspector. I will discuss problems that we +have encountered with both tools and our +attempts to resolve them. Finally, I will +demonstrate profiling a java program to show +the kind of information that can be obtained. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/kacur/kacur.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/kacur/kacur.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a566ddd --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/kacur/kacur.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Profiling Java on Linux} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{John Kacur} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +John Kacur \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{kacur-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/larson/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/larson/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d5ed23 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/larson/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += larson/larson.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +larson/larson.dvi larson/larson-proc.dvi: \ + larson/larson.tex \ + larson/larson-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/larson/larson-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/larson/larson-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d92382 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/larson/larson-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + +% Registration Testing the Xen Hypervisor and Linux Virtual +% Machines +% Paul Larson (pl@us.ibm.com) + +Xen is an interesting and useful technology +that has made virtualization features normally +found only in high-end systems more widely +available. Such technology, however, demands +stability, since all virtual machines running +on a single system are dependent on its +functioning properly. Our paper will focus on +the methods we are employing to test Xen, and +how it differs from normal Linux testing. We +will also discuss the tests we are using and +creating and the automation tools we are +developing to allow testers and developers +working on Xen to easily run automated tests. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/larson/larson.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/larson/larson.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60b0942 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/larson/larson.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Testing the Xen Hypervisor and Linux Virtual Machines} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Paul Larson} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Paul Larson \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{larson-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/leech/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/leech/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a834822 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/leech/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += leech/leech.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +leech/leech.dvi leech/leech-proc.dvi: \ + leech/leech.tex \ + leech/leech-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/leech/leech-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/leech/leech-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75a4470 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/leech/leech-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + +% Registration An Alternative to TOE: Intel I/O Acceleration +% [2]Register/Submit Chris Leech (christopher.leech@intel.com) + +Intel's I/O Acceleration Technology is a combination of +network controller and server chipset features that +achieves increased networking performance, and still +makes use of the OS's native protocol stack. The first +generation of this technology will free up the CPU by +providing an asynchronous, low-cost copy mechanism, and +better CPU scaling via multiple transmit and receive +queues. + +We will be describing the changes we implemented to +support these new capabilities, both to the network +driver and the network stack, as well as other design +choices considered. In addition, we will be presenting +data on the performance impact of each of these +elements, and the cumulative improvement obtained. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/leech/leech.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/leech/leech.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e341cac --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/leech/leech.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{An Alternative to TOE: Intel I/O Acceleration} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Chris Leech} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Chris Leech \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{leech-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mauelshagen/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mauelshagen/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..81a4284 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mauelshagen/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += mauelshagen/mauelshagen.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +mauelshagen/mauelshagen.dvi mauelshagen/mauelshagen-proc.dvi: \ + mauelshagen/mauelshagen.tex \ + mauelshagen/mauelshagen-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mauelshagen/mauelshagen-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mauelshagen/mauelshagen-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bdaa47 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mauelshagen/mauelshagen-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + +% Registration dmraid - device-mapper RAID tool +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Heinz Mauelshagen (heinzm@redhat.com) + +Device-mapper, the new Linux 2.6 kernel +generic device-mapping facility, is capable of +mapping block devices in various ways (e.g. +linear, striped, mirrored). The mappings are +implemented in runtime loadable plugins called +mapping targets. + +These mappings can be used to support +arbitrary software RAID solutions on Linux +2.6, such as ATARAID, without the need to have +a special low-level driver as it used to be +with Linux 2.4. This avoids code-redundancy +and reduces error rates. + +Device-mapper runtime mappings (eg, map sector +N of a mapped device onto sector M of another +device) are defined in mapping tables. + +The dmraid application is capable of creating +these for a variety of ATARAID solutions (eg. +Highpoint, NVidia, Promise, VIA). It uses an +abstracted representation of RAID devices and +RAID sets internally to keep properties such +as paths, sizes, offsets into devices and +layout types (e.g., RAID0). RAID sets can be of +arbitrary hierarchical depth in order to +reflect more complex RAID configurations such +as RAID10. + +Because the various vendor specific metadata +formats stored onto ATA devices by the ATARAID +BIOS are all different, metadata format +handlers are used to translate between the +ondisk representation and the internal +abstracted format. + +The mapping tables which need to be loaded +into device-mapper managed devices are derived +from the internal abstracted format. + +My talk will give a device-mapper +architecture/feature overview and elaborate on +the dmraid architecture and how it uses the +device-mapper features to enable access to +ATARAID devices. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mauelshagen/mauelshagen.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mauelshagen/mauelshagen.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e457e3c --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mauelshagen/mauelshagen.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{dmraid - device-mapper RAID tool} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Heinz Mauelshagen} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Heinz Mauelshagen \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{mauelshagen-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mcfadden/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mcfadden/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77c760d --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mcfadden/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += mcfadden/mcfadden.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +mcfadden/mcfadden.dvi mcfadden/mcfadden-proc.dvi: \ + mcfadden/mcfadden.tex \ + mcfadden/mcfadden-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mcfadden/mcfadden-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mcfadden/mcfadden-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..61a913e --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mcfadden/mcfadden-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + +% Registration Usage of Virtualized GNU/Linux to Support Binary +% Testing Across Multiple Distributions +% Proposal Gordon McFadden (gordon.mcfadden@intel.com) + +In this paper, we will discuss how we created a test +environment using a single high-end test host that +implemented multiple test hosts. The test environment +enabled the testing of software running on different +Linux distributions with different kernel versions. +This approach improved test automation, avoided capital +expenditures and saved on desktop real-estate. We +employed a version of Gentoo Linux with a modified 2.6 +kernel, along with multiple instances of different +distributions and version of Linux running on User Mode +Linux (UML). The particular tests involved are related +to the Linux Standards Base, but the concept is +applicable to many different environments. + +We will describe how we improved aspects of the Gentoo +kernel to improve performance. We will describe the +methods used to affect a lightweight inter UML +communications mechanism. We will also talk about the +file systems chosen for both the host OS and the UML. +Finally, we will have a brief discussion around the +benefits and limitations of this type of test +environment, and will discuss plans for future test +environments. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mcfadden/mcfadden.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mcfadden/mcfadden.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f617da3 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mcfadden/mcfadden.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Usage of Virtualized GNU/Linux to Support Binary Testing Across Multiple Distributions} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Gordon McFadden} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Gordon McFadden \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{mcfadden-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/melo/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/melo/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45d005d --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/melo/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += melo/melo.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +melo/melo.dvi melo/melo-proc.dvi: \ + melo/melo.tex \ + melo/melo-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/melo/melo-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/melo/melo-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbf24b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/melo/melo-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + +% Registration DCCP on Linux +% [2]Register/Submit Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo (acme@conectiva.com.br) + +In this paper I will present the current state of DCCP +for Linux, looking at several implementations done for +Linux and for other kernels, how well they +interoperate, how the implementation I'm working on +took advantage of the work presented in my OLS 2004 +talk (``TCPfying the poor cousins'') and ideas about +plugabble congestion control algorithms in DCCP, taking +advantage of recent work by Stephen Hemminger on having +a IO scheduller like infrastructure for congestion +control algorithms in TCP. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/melo/melo.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/melo/melo.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5ae26c --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/melo/melo.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{DCCP on Linux} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{melo-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mochel/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mochel/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6402c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mochel/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += mochel/mochel.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +mochel/mochel.dvi mochel/mochel-proc.dvi: \ + mochel/mochel.tex \ + mochel/mochel-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mochel/mochel-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mochel/mochel-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b6cdcc --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mochel/mochel-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + +% Registration The sysfs Filesystem +% [2]Register/Submit Patrick Mochel (mochel@digitalimplant.org) + +sysfs is considered by some to be one of the most +important and useful features that was integrated into +the 2.6 kernel. It has definitely been one of the most +talked about, most used, and most visible features. By +providing a window into kernel objects, their +attributes, and the relationships between them, a lot +of opportunities arise: +\begin{enumerate} +\item to cleanup existing code that +has traditionally used proc, +\item to easily port code +that has traditionally used procfs to export object +attributes, and +\item to integrate new subsystems with +configurable and exportable attributes. +\end{enumerate} + +While sysfs has been a great benefit for a large amount +code in the kernel, it's far from perfect. This talk +will discuss those imperfections, including but not +limited to, the places and situations where it's +cumbersome or inappropriate to use sysfs; how sysfs +suffers from some of the same problems as procfs and +sysctl by making it easy to duplicate code and +propagate bugs; and what the performance impact of +using sysfs is. + +It won't be an unmitigated tomato-throwing session, +though. The purpose of identifying and characterizing +the problems is simply the first step in making it +better. Current developments and plans for the near +future to fix or alleviate the problems will be +described. The pundits will be placated and the critics +pacified in the next few steps towards total +domination. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mochel/mochel.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mochel/mochel.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9327524 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/mochel/mochel.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{The sysfs Filesystem} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Patrick Mochel} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Patrick Mochel \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{mochel-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/moilanen/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/moilanen/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bdb5f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/moilanen/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += moilanen/moilanen.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +moilanen/moilanen.dvi moilanen/moilanen-proc.dvi: \ + moilanen/moilanen.tex \ + moilanen/moilanen-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/moilanen/moilanen-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/moilanen/moilanen-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60edd6d --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/moilanen/moilanen-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + +% Registration Using genetic algorithms to autonomically tune the +% kernel. +% Proposal Jake Moilanen (moilanen@austin.ibm.com) + +One of the next obstacles in autonomic computing is +having a system self-tune for any workload. Workloads +vary greatly between applications and even during an +application's life cycle. It is a daunting task for a +system administrator to manually keep up with a +constantly changing workload. To remedy this +shortcoming, intelligence needs to be put into a system +to autonomically handle this process. One method is to +take an algorithm commonly used in artificial +intelligence and apply it to the Linux kernel. + +This paper will cover the use of genetic-algorithms to +autonomically tune the kernel through the development +of the genetic-library. It will discuss the overall +designed of the genetic-library along with the hooked +schedulers, current status, and future work. Finally, +early performance numbers will be covered to give an +idea as towards the viability of the concept. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/moilanen/moilanen.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/moilanen/moilanen.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8325406 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/moilanen/moilanen.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Using genetic algorithms to autonomically tune the kernel} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Jake Moilanen} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Jake Moilanen \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{moilanen-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/nguyen/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/nguyen/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ad740e --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/nguyen/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += nguyen/nguyen.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +nguyen/nguyen.dvi nguyen/nguyen-proc.dvi: \ + nguyen/nguyen.tex \ + nguyen/nguyen-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/nguyen/nguyen-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/nguyen/nguyen-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..639c12c --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/nguyen/nguyen-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + +% Registration PCI Express Port Bus Driver Support for Linux +% [2]Register/Submit Tom Long Nguyen (tom.l.nguyen@intel.com) + +PCI Express is a high performance general purpose I/O +Interconnect defined for a wide variety of computing +and communication platforms. It implements PCI Express +Ports, PCI-PCI Bridges, to provide point-to-point +interconnects. PCI Express categorizes PCI Express +Ports into three types: the Root Ports, the Upstream +Switch Ports, and the Downstream Switch Ports. Each PCI +Express Port can provide up to four distinct services: +native hot-plug, power management event, advanced error +reporting, and virtual channel. PCI Express Port Bus +Driver, as being proposed and developed, therefore +shall serve managing all services and distributing them +to their corresponding service drivers. This paper, +which uses i386 Linux implementation as a reference +model, is targeted toward kernel developers and +architects interested in the details of enabling +service drivers for PCI Express Ports. This paper +provides insight into the scope of implementing PCI +Express Port Bus Driver and specific service drivers +like Advanced Error Handling Root service driver and +PCI Express Native Hot-plug Root service driver. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/nguyen/nguyen.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/nguyen/nguyen.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b667bf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/nguyen/nguyen.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{PCI Express Port Bus Driver Support for Linux} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Tom Long Nguyen} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Tom Long Nguyen \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{nguyen-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/olsson/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/olsson/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88bcf8d --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/olsson/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += olsson/olsson.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +olsson/olsson.dvi olsson/olsson-proc.dvi: \ + olsson/olsson.tex \ + olsson/olsson-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/olsson/olsson-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/olsson/olsson-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad17de8 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/olsson/olsson-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + +% Registration pktgen the linux packet generator +% [2]Register/Submit Robert Olsson (robert.olsson@its.uu.se) + +Abstract pktgen is a high-performance testing tool +included in the Linux kernel. Being part of the kernel +is currently best way to test the TX process of device +driver and NIC. pktgen can also be used to generate +ordinary packets to test other network devices. +Especially of interest is the use of pktgen to test +routers or bridges which use the Linux network stack. +Because pktgen is ``in-kernel,'' it can generate very +high packet rates and with few systems saturate network +devices as routers or bridges. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/olsson/olsson.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/olsson/olsson.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..847ebbb --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/olsson/olsson.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{pktgen the linux packet generator} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Robert Olsson} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Robert Olsson \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{olsson-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/packard/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/packard/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8f336a --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/packard/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += packard/packard.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +packard/packard.dvi packard/packard-proc.dvi: \ + packard/packard.tex \ + packard/packard-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/packard/packard-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/packard/packard-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a324825 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/packard/packard-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + +% Registration TWIN: An Even Smaller Window System for Even +% Smaller Devices +% Keith Packard (keithp@keithp.com) + +With embedded systems gaining high resolution +displays and powerful CPUs, the desire for +sophisticated graphical user interfaces can be +realized in even the smallest of systems. +While the CPU power available for a given +power budget has increased dramatically, these +tiny systems remain severely memory +constrained. This unique environment presents +interesting challenges in graphical system +design and implementation. To explore this +particular space, a new window system, Twin, +has been developed. Using ideas from modern +window systems in larger environments, Twin +offers overlapping translucent windows, +anti-aliased graphics and scalable fonts in a +total memory budget of 100 kilobytes. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/packard/packard.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/packard/packard.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d3fc734 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/packard/packard.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{TWIN: An Even Smaller Window System for Even Smaller Devices} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Keith Packard} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Keith Packard \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{packard-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/porter/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/porter/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..539f9f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/porter/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += porter/porter.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +porter/porter.dvi porter/porter-proc.dvi: \ + porter/porter.tex \ + porter/porter-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/porter/porter-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/porter/porter-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ee9a15 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/porter/porter-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + +% Registration RapidIO for Linux +% +% [2]Register/Submit Matt Porter (mporter@kernel.crashing.org) + +RapidIO is a switched fabric interconnect standard +intended for embedded systems. Providing a message +based interface, it is currently capable of speeds up +to 10Gb/s full duplex and is available in many form +factors including ATCA for telecom applications. In +this paper, I introduce a RapidIO subsystem for the +Linux kernel. The implementation provides support for +discovery and enumeration of devices, management of +resources, and provides a consistent access mechanism +for drivers and other kernel facilities. As an example +of the use of the subsystem feature set, I present a +Linux network driver implementation which communicates +via RapidIO message packets. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/porter/porter.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/porter/porter.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb49409 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/porter/porter.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{RapidIO for Linux} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Matt Porter} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Matt Porter \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{porter-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/prasad/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/prasad/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c623b4a --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/prasad/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += prasad/prasad.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +prasad/prasad.dvi prasad/prasad-proc.dvi: \ + prasad/prasad.tex \ + prasad/prasad-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/prasad/prasad-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/prasad/prasad-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d51265 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/prasad/prasad-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + +% Registration Locating system problems using dynamic +% instrumentation +% Vara Prasad (varap@us.ibm.com) + +It is often difficult to diagnose complex +problems without multiple rebuilds and +reboots. Even in a simple setup, the problem +can touch various layers of the application +and operating system. Diagnosis is even more +difficult in complex, multi-tiered systems. As +Linux is deployed in these environments, it is +becoming more important to have facilities to +locate and identify such problems. + +Using the kprobes infrastructure, SystemTAP is +being developed to dynamically instrument the +kernel and user applications. SystemTAP +instrumentation incurs low overhead when +enabled, and zero overhead when disabled. +SystemTAP provides facilities to define +instrumentation points in a high-level +language, and to aggregate and analyze the +instrumentation data. Details of the SystemTAP +architecture and implementation are presented, +along with examples of solving problems in the +production environments. + + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/prasad/prasad.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/prasad/prasad.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..320c713 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/prasad/prasad.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Locating system problems using dynamic instrumentation} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Vara Prasad} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Vara Prasad \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{prasad-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/pratt/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/pratt/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9872193 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/pratt/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += pratt/pratt.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +pratt/pratt.dvi pratt/pratt-proc.dvi: \ + pratt/pratt.tex \ + pratt/pratt-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/pratt/pratt-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/pratt/pratt-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..760fe47 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/pratt/pratt-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + +% Registration Xen 3.0 and the Art of Virtualization +% [2]Register/Submit Ian Pratt (ian.pratt@cl.cam.ac.uk) + +The Xen Virtual Machine Monitor will soon be undergoing +its third major release, and is maturing into a stable, +secure, and full-featured virtualization solution for +Linux and other operating systems. + +This new release of Xen supports a number of key new +features, such as: SMP guest operating systems (as well +as SMP hosts); x86\_64 support (with further ports to +ppc and {ia-64} in progress); and support for Intel's +VT-x virtualization extensions, which enable Xen/Linux +to host `legacy' OSes such as Windows XP. + +This paper reviews the Xen hypervisor ABI, and examines +the Linux 2.6 port. We follow the evolution of memory +virtualization techniques supported by Xen and show how +the current implementation achieves excellent +performance while minimising changes to Linux. We +discuss the new support for SMP guest OSes, and show +how modifications to Linux`s spinlock code allow us to +optimise scheduling of virtual CPUs. Finally we look at +how Linux IO devices may be virtualized and exported to +other virtual machines using high-performance +`device-channels.' + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/pratt/pratt.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/pratt/pratt.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ea8dcb --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/pratt/pratt.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Xen 3.0 and the Art of Virtualization} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Ian Pratt} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Ian Pratt \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{pratt-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/rao/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/rao/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0978c15 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/rao/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += rao/rao.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +rao/rao.dvi rao/rao-proc.dvi: \ + rao/rao.tex \ + rao/rao-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/rao/rao-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/rao/rao-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59713b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/rao/rao-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + +% Registration Examining Linux 2.6 Page-Cache Performance +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Sonny Rao (raosanth@us.ibm.com) + + +Given the current trends towards ubiquitous +64-bit server/desktop computing with large +amounts of cheap system memory, the +performance and structure of the Linux +page-cache will undoubtedly become more +important in the future, and we believe an +analytical and empirical examination of +performance will be valuable in guiding future +development. + +The current 2.6 radix-tree based design +represents a huge leap forward from the old +global hash-table design, but we also beleive +there may be some issues with the current +radix-tree structure itself. + +We have three main concerns about the current +implementation: + +\begin{enumerate} +\item Radix tree keys are unnecessarily long +especially on LP64 systems which can cause +radix trees to perform poorly + +\item The common case of in-order insertion of +pages into the radix tree could most-likely be +improved + +\item Parallel access to the radix-tree structure +\end{enumerate} + +We will cover our analysis of the current +implementation and discuss potential +improvements for these issues using a +combination of analytical models and our +measurements of improvement using +proof-of-concept implementations of ideas such +as: extendible hashing techniques, trading +space for time by altering the \ident{MAP_SHIFT} +setup, using smaller radix keys combined with +larger logical page sizes, and possibly +others. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/rao/rao.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/rao/rao.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc886f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/rao/rao.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Examining Linux 2.6 Page-Cache Performance} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Sonny Rao} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Sonny Rao \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{rao-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ratliff/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ratliff/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd32f16 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ratliff/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += ratliff/ratliff.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +ratliff/ratliff.dvi ratliff/ratliff-proc.dvi: \ + ratliff/ratliff.tex \ + ratliff/ratliff-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ratliff/ratliff-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ratliff/ratliff-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae3833a --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ratliff/ratliff-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + +% Registration Trusted Computing and Linux +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Emily Ratliff (emilyr@us.ibm.com) + + +While Trusted Computing and Linux may seem +antithetical on the surface, Linux users can +benefit from the security features, including +system integrity and key confidentiality, +provided by Trusted Computing. The purpose of +this paper is to discuss the work that we have +done to enable Linux users to make use of +their Trusted Platform Module (TPM) in a +non-evil manner. The paper describes the +individual software components which are +required to enable the use of the TPM, +including the TPM device driver and TrouSerS, +the Trusted Software Stack, and TPM +management. Key concerns with Trusted +Computing are highlighted along with what the +Trusted Computing Group has done and what +individual TPM owners can do to mitigate these +concerns. Example beneficial uses for +individuals and enterprises are discussed +including eCryptfs and GnuPG usage of the TPM. +There is a tremendous opportunity for enhanced +security through enabling projects to use the +TPM so we discuss what we see as the most +promising avenues. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ratliff/ratliff.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ratliff/ratliff.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2855b9a --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ratliff/ratliff.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Trusted Computing and Linux} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Emily Ratliff} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Emily Ratliff \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{ratliff-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/reix/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/reix/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8564054 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/reix/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += reix/reix.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +reix/reix.dvi reix/reix-proc.dvi: \ + reix/reix.tex \ + reix/reix-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/reix/reix-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/reix/reix-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..187d0e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/reix/reix-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + +% Registration NPTL Stabilization Project +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Tony Franc,ois Claude Reix +% (tony.reix@bull.net) + +Our project is a stabilization effort on the +GNU libc thread library NPTL---Native POSIX +Threading Library. To achieve this, we focused +our work on extending the pool of open-source +tests and on providing a tool for tracing the +internal mechanisms of the library. + +This paper introduces our work with a short +status on tests coverage of the NPTL at the +beginning of the project (February 2004). It +explains how we built the prioritized list of +NPTL routines to be tested. It then describes +our methodology for designing tests in the +following areas: conformance to POSIX +standard, scalability and stress. It also +explains how we have simplified the use of the +tests and the analysis of the results. +Finally, it provides figures about our results +and it shows how the NPTL has evolved during +year 2004. + +The paper goes on to explain how the NPTL +Trace Tool can help NPTL users and hackers to +understand and fix problems. It describes the +features of the tool and presents our chosen +architecture. Finally, it shows the current +status of the project and the possible future +extensions. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/reix/reix.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/reix/reix.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ab8ec6 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/reix/reix.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{NPTL Stabilization Project} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Tony François Claude Reix} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Tony François Claude Reix \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{reix-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ronciak/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ronciak/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df24de8 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ronciak/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += ronciak/ronciak.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +ronciak/ronciak.dvi ronciak/ronciak-proc.dvi: \ + ronciak/ronciak.tex \ + ronciak/ronciak-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ronciak/ronciak-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ronciak/ronciak-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b4bc8ba --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ronciak/ronciak-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + +% Registration Networking Driver Performance and Measurement - e1000 A +% Case Study +% Proposal John A Ronciak (john.ronciak@intel.com) + +Networking performance is a popular topic in Linux and +is becoming more critical for achieving good overall +system performance. This paper takes a look at what was +done in the e1000 driver to improve performance by (a) +increasing throughput and (b) reducing of CPU +utilization. A lot of work has gone into the e1000 +Ethernet driver as well into the PRO/1000 Gigabit +Ethernet hardware in regard to both of these +performance attributes This paper covers the major +things that were done to both the driver and to the +hardware to improve many of the aspects of Ethernet +network performance. The paper covers performance +improvements due to the contribution from the Linux +community and from the Intel group responsible for both +the driver and hardware. The paper describes +optimizations to improve small packet performance for +applications like packet routers, VoIP, etc. and those +for standard and jumbo packets and how those +modifications differs from the small packet +optimizations. A discussion on the tools and utilities +used to measure performance and ideas for other tools +that could help to measure performance are presented. +Some of the ideas may require help from the community +for refinement and implementation. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ronciak/ronciak.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ronciak/ronciak.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..83b7a4f --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/ronciak/ronciak.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Networking Driver Performance and Measurement - e1000 A Case Study} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{John A Ronciak} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +John A Ronciak \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{ronciak-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/russell/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/russell/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2c2b99 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/russell/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += russell/russell.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +russell/russell.dvi russell/russell-proc.dvi: \ + russell/russell.tex \ + russell/russell-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/russell/russell-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/russell/russell-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e7eb0f --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/russell/russell-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + +% Registration nfsim: Untested code is buggy code +% [2]Register/Submit Rusty Russell (rusty@rustcorp.com.au) +% Co-Author: Jeremy Kerr (jk@ozlabs.org) + +The netfilter simulation environment (nfsim) allows +netfilter developers to build, run, and test their code +without having to touch a real network, or being root. +On top of this, we built a regression testsuite for +netfilter and iptables. + +Nfsim provides an emulated kernel environment in +userspace, with a simulated IPv4 stack, as well as +enhanced versions of standard kernel primitives such as +locking and a proc filesystem. The kernel code is +sucked into the nfsim environment, and run as a +userspace application with a scriptable command-line +interface which can load and unload modules, add a +route, inject a packet or run iptables, control time, +inspect proc, etc. + +More importantly we can test every single permutation +of external failures automatically: packet drops, +kmalloc failures, timer deletion races, etc. This makes +it possible to check error paths that never happen in +real life. + +This paper will discuss some of our experiences with +nfsim and the progression of the netfilter testsuite as +new features became available in the simulator, and the +amazing effect on development. We will also show the +techniques we used for exhaustive testing, and why +these should be a part of every project. + + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/russell/russell.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/russell/russell.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f110d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/russell/russell.tex @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{nfsim: Untested code is buggy code} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +%\date{24 Jan 2005} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Rusty Russell} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Rusty Russell \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize rusty@rustcorp.com.au}\\ +\and +Jeremy Kerr \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize jk@ozlabs.org}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{russell-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/schopp/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/schopp/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6131e6b --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/schopp/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += schopp/schopp.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +schopp/schopp.dvi schopp/schopp-proc.dvi: \ + schopp/schopp.tex \ + schopp/schopp-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/schopp/schopp-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/schopp/schopp-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14f77c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/schopp/schopp-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + +% Registration Hotplug Memory Redux +% [2]Register/Submit Joel H Schopp (jschopp@austin.ibm.com) + +Memory Hotplug is one of the most anticipated features +in the Linux Kernel. The purpose of memory hotplug is +memory replacement, dynamic workload management, or +Capacity on Demand of Partitioned/Virtual machines. In +this paper we discusses the history of Memory Hotplug +and the LinuxVM including mistakes made along the way +and technologies which have already been replaced. We +also discuss the current state of the art in Memory +Hotplug including user interfaces, \ident{CONFIG_SPARSEMEM}, +the no bitmap buddy allocator, free area splitting +within zones, and memory migration on PPC64, x86-64, +and IA64. Additionally, we give a brief discussion on +the overlap between Memory Hotplug and other areas +including memory defragmentation and NUMA memory +management. Finally, we gaze into the crystal ball to +the future of Memory Hotplug. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/schopp/schopp.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/schopp/schopp.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88d845d --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/schopp/schopp.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Hotplug Memory Redux} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Joel H Schopp} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Joel H Schopp \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{schopp-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/seelam/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/seelam/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3bdd55 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/seelam/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += seelam/seelam.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +seelam/seelam.dvi seelam/seelam-proc.dvi: \ + seelam/seelam.tex \ + seelam/seelam-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/seelam/seelam-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/seelam/seelam-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26070b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/seelam/seelam-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ + +% Registration Enhancements to Linux I/O Scheduling +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Seetharami R Seelam (seelam@cs.utep.edu) + +The Linux 2.6 release provides four I/O +schedulers: deadline, anticipatory, noop, and +completely fair queuing (CFQ), along with an +option to select one of these four at boot +time. The selection is based on \textit{a priori} +knowledge of the workload, hardware +configuration of the system, and the file +system, among other factors. The anticipatory +scheduler (AS) is the default. Although the AS +performs well under many situations, we have +identified cases, under certain combinations +of workloads, where the AS leads to starvation +of processes. To mitigate this problem, we +implemented an extension to the AS (called +Cooperative AS or CAS) and compared its +performance with the other four schedulers. +This paper briefly describes the AS and the +related deadline scheduler, highlighting their +shortcomings; in addition, it gives a detailed +description of the CAS. We report performance +of all five schedulers on a set of workloads, +which represent a wide range of I/O behavior. +The study shows that (1) the CAS has an order +of magnitude improvement in performance in +cases where the AS leads to starvation and (2) +in several cases the CAS has performance +comparable to that of the other schedulers. +But, as the literature and this study reports, +no one scheduler can provide the best possible +performance for all workloads; accordingly, +Linux provides four from which to select. Even +when dealing with just four I/O schedulers, in +systems that service concurrent workloads with +different I/O behaviors, \textit{a priori} selection of +the scheduler with the best possible +performance can be an intricate task. Dynamic +selection based on workload needs, system +configuration, and other parameters can +address this challenge. Accordingly, we are +developing metrics and heuristics that can be +used for this purpose. The paper concludes +with a description of our efforts in this +direction, in particular, we present a +characterization function based on metrics +related to system behavior and I/O requests +that can be used to measure and compare +scheduling algorithm performance. This +characterization function can be used to +dynamically select an appropriate scheduler +based on observed system behavior. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/seelam/seelam.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/seelam/seelam.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f428458 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/seelam/seelam.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Enhancements to Linux I/O Scheduling} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Seetharami R Seelam} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Seetharami R Seelam \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{seelam-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/siddha/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/siddha/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e083549 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/siddha/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += siddha/siddha.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +siddha/siddha.dvi siddha/siddha-proc.dvi: \ + siddha/siddha.tex \ + siddha/siddha-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/siddha/siddha-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/siddha/siddha-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8f1bbe --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/siddha/siddha-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + +% Registration Chip Multi Processing(CMP) aware Linux Kernel Scheduler +% [2]Register/Submit Suresh Siddha (suresh.b.siddha@intel.com) + +Recent advances in semiconductor manufacturing and +engineering technologies have led to the inclusion of +more than one CPU core in a single physical package. +This, popularly know as Chip Multi Processing (CMP), +allows multiple instruction streams to execute at the +same time. CMP is in addition to today's Simultaneous +Multi Threading (SMT) capabilities, like Intel{\textregistered} +Hyper-Threading technology which allows a processor to +present itself as two logical processors, resulting in +best use of execution resources. With CMP, today's +Linux Kernel will deliver instantaneous performance +improvement. Linux Kernel scheduler could be further +optimized by making it CMP-aware. + +In this paper, we will start with an overview of +different CMP implementation's and then look into +performance, power related optimization opportunities. +We will describe the trade-offs between peak +performance and power saving requirements. We will +discuss how scheduler enhancements like + +\begin{itemize} +\item adding a new scheduler domain for CMP + +\item setting up domain properties based on CMP +characteristics + +\item active load balancing in the context of CMP and SMT +\end{itemize} + +will improve the peak performance. Secondly, we will +look at scheduler enhancements focusing power savings. +We will then present scheduling policies that an +administrator can select based on the performance and +power requirements. We will close the paper with a +brief look at CMP trends in future generation Intel(R) +processors. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/siddha/siddha.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/siddha/siddha.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42cd3e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/siddha/siddha.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Chip Multi Processing (CMP) aware Linux Kernel Scheduler} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Suresh Siddha} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Suresh Siddha \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{siddha-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/stonge/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/stonge/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3964b7a --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/stonge/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += stonge/stonge.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +stonge/stonge.dvi stonge/stonge-proc.dvi: \ + stonge/stonge.tex \ + stonge/stonge-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/stonge/stonge-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/stonge/stonge-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d94b44 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/stonge/stonge-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + +% Registration SeqHoundRWeb.py: a Python-based interface to a +% comprehensive online bioinformatics resource +% Peter St. Onge (pete@seul.org) + +In the post-genomic era, getting useful +answers to challenging biological questions +often demands significant expertise and +resources not only to acquire the requisite +biological data but also to manage it. The +storage required to maintain a workable +genomic or proteomic database is usually out +of reach for most biologists. Some toolsets +already exist to facilitate some aspects of +data analysis, and others for access to +particular data stores (e.g., NCBI Toolkit), +but there is a substantial learning curve to +these tools and installation is often +non-trival. SeqHoundRWeb.py grew out of a +common frustration in bioinformatics---the +initiate bioinformaticist often has +substantial biological knowledge, but little +experience in computing; Python is often held +up as a good first scripting language to +learn, and in our experience new users can be +productive fairly rapidly. + + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/stonge/stonge.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/stonge/stonge.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a45736 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/stonge/stonge.tex @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{SeqHoundRWeb.py: a Python-based interface to a comprehensive online bioinformatics resource} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +%\date{24 Jan 2005} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Peter St.~Onge} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Peter St.~Onge \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{stonge-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/thirumalai/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/thirumalai/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b411055 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/thirumalai/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += thirumalai/thirumalai.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +thirumalai/thirumalai.dvi thirumalai/thirumalai-proc.dvi: \ + thirumalai/thirumalai.tex \ + thirumalai/thirumalai-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/thirumalai/thirumalai-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/thirumalai/thirumalai-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bed51e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/thirumalai/thirumalai-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +% [1]>linuxsymposium July 20-23rd, 2005, Ottawa, Canada +% +% Registration No such abstract.. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/thirumalai/thirumalai.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/thirumalai/thirumalai.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af15932 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/thirumalai/thirumalai.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Ho Hum, yet another memory allocator. Do we need another dynamic per-cpu allocator?} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Ravikiran G Thirumalai} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Ravikiran G Thirumalai \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{thirumalai-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/trowbridge/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/trowbridge/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..685b306 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/trowbridge/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += trowbridge/trowbridge.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +trowbridge/trowbridge.dvi trowbridge/trowbridge-proc.dvi: \ + trowbridge/trowbridge.tex \ + trowbridge/trowbridge-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/trowbridge/trowbridge-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/trowbridge/trowbridge-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df30427 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/trowbridge/trowbridge-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + +% Registration Beagle: Free and Open Desktop Search +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Jon Trowbridge (trow@novell.com) + +I will be discussing Beagle, a desktop search +system that is currently being developed by +Novell. It acts as a search aggregator, +providing a simple API for simultaneously +querying multiple data sources. Pluggable +backends do the actual searching while Beagle +handles the details, such as consolidating and +ranking the hits and passing them back to +client applications. Beagle includes a core +set of backends that build full-text indexes +of your personal data, allowing you to +efficiently search your files, e-mail, +contacts, calendar, IM logs, notes and web +history. These indexes are updated in real +time to ensure that any search results will +always reflect the current state of your data. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/trowbridge/trowbridge.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/trowbridge/trowbridge.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d408bb --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/trowbridge/trowbridge.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Beagle: Free and Open Desktop Search} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Jon Trowbridge} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Jon Trowbridge \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{trowbridge-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vanhensbergen/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vanhensbergen/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..457de7d --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vanhensbergen/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += vanhensbergen/vanhensbergen.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +vanhensbergen/vanhensbergen.dvi vanhensbergen/vanhensbergen-proc.dvi: \ + vanhensbergen/vanhensbergen.tex \ + vanhensbergen/vanhensbergen-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vanhensbergen/vanhensbergen-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vanhensbergen/vanhensbergen-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ad1386 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vanhensbergen/vanhensbergen-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + +% Registration Glen or Glenda: Empowering Users and +% Applications with Private Namespaces +% Eric Van Hensbergen (bergevan@us.ibm.com) + +Private namespaces were first introduced into +Linux during the 2.4 kernel series. Their use +has been limited due to namespace manipulation +being considered a privileged operation. +Giving users and applications the ability to +create private namespaces as well as the +ability to mount and bind resources is the key +to unlocking the full potential of this +technology. There are serious performance, +security and stability issues involved with +user-controlled dynamic private namespaces in +Linux. This paper will propose a mechanism for +maintaining system integrity while unlocking +the power of dynamic namespaces for normal +users. It will go on to discuss relevant +potential applications of this technology +including its use with FUSE (Filesystem in +Userspace), v9fs (the Linux port of the Plan 9 +resource sharing protocol) and Plan 9 from +User Space (the Plan 9 application suite +including userspace synthetic file servers +ported to UNIX variants). + + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vanhensbergen/vanhensbergen.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vanhensbergen/vanhensbergen.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87cbcff --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vanhensbergen/vanhensbergen.tex @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Glen or Glenda: Empowering Users and Applications with Private Namespaces} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +%\date{24 Jan 2005} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Eric Van Hensbergen} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Eric Van Hensbergen \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{vanhensbergen-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vasilevsky/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vasilevsky/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7253bab --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vasilevsky/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += vasilevsky/vasilevsky.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +vasilevsky/vasilevsky.dvi vasilevsky/vasilevsky-proc.dvi: \ + vasilevsky/vasilevsky.tex \ + vasilevsky/vasilevsky-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vasilevsky/vasilevsky-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vasilevsky/vasilevsky-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e8fe69 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vasilevsky/vasilevsky-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + +% Registration Linux Virtualization on Virtual Iron VFe +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Alex Vasilevsky (alex@virtualiron.com) + +After many years of research and development, +the concept of cluster-based computing +seamlessly integrating a set of computing +resources into a cohesive whole has gone +largely unfulfilled. The barrier to adoption +of cluster-based computing has been that +applications must be made cluster-aware. The +best technology that is currently available is +a set of middleware tools, such as the Globus +toolkit, which is used to rework applications +to run on a cluster. Because it is difficult +to make applications run in parallel on a +cluster, only a handful of highly specialized +applications sometimes referred to as +``embarrassingly parallel'' applications, have +been made cluster-aware. Of the very few +commercial cluster-aware applications, the +best known is Oracle Database Real Application +Clustering. Virtual Iron(R) Software has +solved these problems by creating Virtual Iron +VFe, which allows any applications to +transparently run on a tightly-coupled +cluster of computers without any +modifications. This software elegantly +abstracts the underlying cluster of servers +with a Distributed Virtual Machine Monitor. +Like many other Virtual Machines Monitors, +this software layer takes complete control of +the underlying hardware and creates virtual +machines, each of which behaves like a +complete physical machine running its own +operating system in full isolation. In +contrast to other existing Virtual Machines +Monitors, the Distributed Virtual Machine +Monitor creates a virtual multi-processor on a +collection of tightly coupled servers. The +system gives guest operating systems the +illusion that it is running on a single +multi-processor machine with \textit{N} CPUs on top +of \textit{M} physical servers interconnected by +networks. In this paper we'll describe Linux +Virtualization on Virtual Iron VFe, the +virtualization capabilities of the Virtual +Iron(R) Distributed VMM technology, as well as +the changed made to the Linux kernel to take +advantage of this new distributed +virtualization technology. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vasilevsky/vasilevsky.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vasilevsky/vasilevsky.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70e87f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/vasilevsky/vasilevsky.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Linux Virtualization on Virtual Iron VFe} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Alex Vasilevsky} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Alex Vasilevsky \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{vasilevsky-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/walker/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/walker/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c2bccc --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/walker/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += walker/walker.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +walker/walker.dvi walker/walker-proc.dvi: \ + walker/walker.tex \ + walker/walker-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/walker/walker-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/walker/walker-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc555d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/walker/walker-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + +% Registration Clusterproc; Linux kernel Support for +% Clusterwide Process Management +% Bruce J. Walker (bruce.walker@hp.com) + +There are several kernel-based clusterwide +process management implementations available +today, each of which provides different +semantics and capabilities (OpenSSI, +openMosix, bproc, Kerrighed, etc.). We present +a set of hooks to allow various installable +kernel module implementations with a high +degree of flexibility and virtually no +performance impact. Optional capabilities that +can be implemented via the hooks include: +clusterwide unique pids, single, init, +heterogeneity, transparent visibility and +access to any process from any node, ability +to distribute processes at exec or fork or +thru migration, file inheritance and full +controlling terminal semantics, node failure +cleanup, clusterwide \ident{/proc/<pid>}, +checkpoint/restart and scale to thousands of +nodes. In addition, we describe an +OpenSSI-inspired implementation using the +hooks and providing all the features described +above. + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/walker/walker.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/walker/walker.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0d9eb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/walker/walker.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Clusterproc: Linux kernel Support for Clusterwide Process Management} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Bruce J. Walker} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Bruce J. Walker \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{walker-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/welte.tar.gz b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/welte.tar.gz Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6de838a --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/welte.tar.gz diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/welte/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/welte/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01d66f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/welte/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += welte/welte.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +welte/welte.dvi welte/welte-proc.dvi: \ + welte/welte.tex \ + welte/welte-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/welte/welte-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/welte/welte-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27437ad --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/welte/welte-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + +% Registration Flow based network accounting with Linux +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Harald Marc Welte (laforge@gnumonks.org) + +Many networking scenarios require some form of +network accounting that goes beyond some +simple packet and byte counters as available +from the `ifconfig' output. + +When people want to do network accouting, the +past and current Linux kernel didn't provide +them with any reasonable mechanism for doing +so. + +Network accounting can generally be done in a +number of different ways. The traditional way +is to capture all packets by some userspace +program. Capturing can be done via a number of +mechanisms such as \ident{PF_PACKET} sockets, \ident{mmap()}ed +\ident{PF_PACKET}, \ident{ipt_ULOG}, or \ident{ip_queue}. This +userspace program then analyzes the packets +and aggregates the result into per-flow data +structures. + +Whatever mechanism used, this scheme has a +fundamental performance limitation, since all +packets need to be copied and analyzed by a +userspace process. + +The author has implemented a different +approach, by which the accounting information +is stored in the in-kernel connection tracking +table of the \ident{ip_conntrack} stateful firewall +state machine. On all firewalls, that state +table has to be kept anyways---the additional +overhead introduced by accounting is minimal. + +Once a connection is evicted from the state +table, its accounting relevant data is +transferred to userspace to a special +accounting daemon for further processing, +aggregation and finally storage in the +accounting log/database. + + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/welte/welte.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/welte/welte.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aeb461c --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/welte/welte.tex @@ -0,0 +1,408 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[final]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Flow-based network accounting with Linux} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Harald Welte} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Harald Welte \\ +{\itshape netfilter core team / hmw-consulting.de / Astaro AG} \\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize laforge@netfilter.org}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{welte-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\section{Network accounting} + +Network accounting generally describes the process of counting and potentially +summarizing metadata of network traffic. The kind of metadata is largely +dependant on the particular application, but usually includes data such as +numbers of packets, numbers of bytes, source and destination ip address. + +There are many reasons for doing accounting of networking traffic, among them + +\begin{itemize} +\item transfer volume or bandwisth based billing +\item monitoring of network utilization, bandwidth distribution and link usage +\item research, such as distribution of traffic among protocols, average packet size, ... +\end{itemize} + +\section{Existing accounting solutions for Linux} + +There are a number of existing packages to do network accounting with Linux. +The following subsections intend to give a short overview about the most +commonly used ones. + + +\subsection{nacctd} + +\ident{nacctd} also known as \ident{net-acct} is probably the oldest known tool +for network accounting under Linux (also works on other Unix-like operating +systems). The author of this paper has used +\ident{nacctd} as an accounting tool as early as 1995. It was originally +developed by Ulrich Callmeier, but apparently abandoned later on. The +development seems to have continued in multiple branches, one of them being +the netacct-mysql\footnote{http://netacct-mysql.gabrovo.com} branch, +currently at version 0.79rc2. + +It's principle of operation is to use an \lident{AF_PACKET} socket +via \ident{libpcap} in order to capture copies of all packets on configurable +network interfaces. It then does TCP/IP header parsing on each packet. +Summary information such as port numbers, IP addresses, number of bytes are +then stored in an internal table for aggregation of successive packets of the +same flow. The table entries are evicted and stored in a human-readable ASCII +file. Patches exist for sending information directly into SQL databases, or +saving data in machine-readable data format. + +As a pcap-based solution, it suffers from the performance penalty of copying +every full packet to userspace. As a packet-based solution, it suffers from +the penalty of having to interpret every single packet. + +\subsection{ipt\_LOG based} + +The Linux packet filtering subsystem iptables offers a way to log policy +violations via the kernel message ring buffer. This mechanism is called +\ident{ipt_LOG} (or \texttt{LOG target}). Such messages are then further +processed by \ident{klogd} and \ident{syslogd}, which put them into one or +multiple system log files. + +As \ident{ipt_LOG} was designed for logging policy violations and not for +accounting, it's overhead is significant. Every packet needs to be +interpreted in-kernel, then printed in ASCII format to the kernel message ring +buffer, then copied from klogd to syslogd, and again copied into a text file. +Even worse, most syslog installations are configured to write kernel log +messages synchronously to disk, avoiding the usual write buffering of the block +I/O layer and disk subsystem. + +To sum up and anlyze the data, often custom perl scripts are used. Those perl +scripts have to parse the LOG lines, build up a table of flows, add the packet +size fields and finally export the data in the desired format. Due to the inefficient storage format, performance is again wasted at analyzation time. + +\subsection{ipt\_ULOG based (ulogd, ulog-acctd)} + +The iptables \texttt{ULOG target} is a more efficient version of +the \texttt{LOG target} described above. Instead of copying ascii messages via +the kernel ring buffer, it can be configured to only copies the header of each +packet, and send those copies in large batches. A special userspace process, +normally ulogd, receives those partial packet copies and does further +interpretation. + +\ident{ulogd}\footnote{http://gnumonks.org/projects/ulogd} is intended for +logging of security violations and thus resembles the functionality of LOG. it +creates one logfile entry per packet. It supports logging in many formats, +such as SQL databases or PCAP format. + +\ident{ulog-acctd}\footnote{http://alioth.debian.org/projects/pkg-ulog-acctd/} +is a hybrid between \ident{ulogd} and \ident{nacctd}. It replaces the +\ident{nacctd} libpcap/PF\_PACKET based capture with the more efficient +ULOG mechanism. + +Compared to \ident{ipt_LOG}, \ident{ipt_ULOG} reduces the amount of copied data +and required kernel/userspace context switches and thus improves performance. +However, the whole mechanism is still intended for logging of security +violations. Use for accounting is out of its design. + +\subsection{iptables based (ipac-ng)} + +Every packet filtering rule in the Linux packet filter (\ident{iptables}, or +even its predecessor \ident{ipchains}) has two counters: number of packets and +number of bytes matching this particular rule. + +By carefully placing rules with no target (so-called \textit{fallthrough}) +rules in the packetfilter ruleset, one can implement an accounting setup, i.e. +one rule per customer. + +A number of tools exist to parse the iptables command output and summarized the +counters. The most commonly used package is +\ident{ipac-ng}\footnote{http://sourceforge.net/projects/ipac-ng/}. It +supports advanced features such as storing accounting data in SQL databases. + +The approach works quite efficiently for small installations (i.e. small number +of accounting rules). Therefore, the accounting granularity can only be very +low. One counter for each single port number at any given ip address is certainly not applicable. + +\subsection{ipt\_ACCOUNT (iptaccount)} + +\ident{ipt_ACCOUNT}\footnote{http://www.intra2net.com/opensource/ipt\_account/} +is a special-purpose iptables target developed by Intra2net AG and available +from the netfilter project patch-o-matic-ng repository. It requires kernel +patching and is not included in the mainline kernel. + +\ident{ipt_ACCOUNT} keeps byte counters per IP address in a given subnet, up to +a '/8' network. Those counters can be read via a special \ident{iptaccount} +commandline tool. + +Being limited to local network segments up to '/8' size, and only having per-ip +granularity are two limiteations that defeat \ident{ipt_ACCOUNT} +as a generich accounting mechainism. It's highly-optimized, but also +special-purpose. + +\subsection{ntop (including PF\_RING)} + +\ident{ntop}\footnote{http://www.ntop.org/ntop.html} is a network traffic +probe to show network usage. It uses \ident{libpcap} to capture +the packets, and then aggregates flows in userspace. On a fundamental level +it's therefore similar to what \ident{nacctd} does. + +From the ntop project, there's also \ident{nProbe}, a network traffic probe +that exports flow based information in Cisco NETFLOW v5/v9 format. It also +contains support for the upcoming IETF IPFIX\footnote{IP Flow Information +Export http://www.ietf.org/html.charters/ipfix-charter.html} format. + +To increase performance of the probe, the author (Luca Deri) has implemented +\lident{PF_RING}\footnote{http://www.ntop.org/PF\_RING.html}, a new +zero-copy mmap()ed implementation for packet capture. There is a libpcap +compatibility layer on top, so any pcap-using application can benefit from +\lident{PF_RING}. + +\lident{PF_RING} is a major performance improvement, please look at the +documentation and the paper published by Luca Deri. + +However, \ident{ntop} / \ident{nProbe} / \lident{PF_RING} are all packet-based +accounting solutions. Every packet needs to be analyzed by some userspace +process - even if there is no copying involved. Due to \lident{PF_RING} +optimiziation, it is probably as efficient as this approach can get. + +\section{New ip\_conntrack based accounting} + +The fundamental idea is to (ab)use the connection tracking subsystem of the +Linux 2.4.x / 2.6.x kernel for accounting purposes. There are several reasons +why this is a good fit: +\begin{itemize} +\item It already keeps per-connection state information. Extending this information to contain a set of counters is easy. +\item Lots of routers/firewalls are already running it, and therefore paying it's performance penalty for security reasons. Bumping a couple of counters will introduce very little additional penalty. +\item There was already an (out-of-tree) system to dump connection tracking information to userspace, called ctnetlink +\end{itemize} + +So given that a particular machine was already running \ident{ip_conntrack}, +adding flow based acconting to it comes almost for free. I do not advocate the +use of \ident{ip_conntrack} merely for accounting, since that would be again a +waste of performance. + +\subsection{ip\_conntrack\_acct} + +\ident{ip_conntrack_acct} is how the in-kernel +\ident{ip_conntrack} counters are called. There is a set of four +counters: numbers of packets and bytes for original and reply +direction of a given connection. + +If you configure a recent (>= 2.6.9) kernel, it will prompt you for +\lident{CONFIG_IP_NF_CT_ACCT}. By enabling this configuration option, the +per-connection counters will be added, and the accounting code will +be compiled in. + +However, there is still no efficient means of reading out those counters. They +can be accessed via \textit{cat /proc/net/ip\_conntrack}, but that's not a real +solution. The kernel iterates over all connections and ASCII-formats the data. +Also, it is a polling-based mechanism. If the polling interval is too short, +connections might get evicted from the state table before their final counters +are being read. If the interval is too small, performance will suffer. + +To counter this problem, a combination of conntrack notifiers and ctnetlink is being used. + +\subsection{conntrack notifiers} + +Conntrack notifiers use the core kernel notifier infrastructure +(\texttt{struct notifier\_block}) to notify other parts of the +kernel about connection tracking events. Such events include creation, +deletion and modification of connection tracking entries. + +The \texttt{conntrack notifiers} can help us overcome the polling architecture. +If we'd only listen to \textit{conntrack delete} events, we would always get +the byte and packet counters at the end of a connection. + +However, the events are in-kernel events and therefore not directly suitable +for an accounting application to be run in userspace. + +\subsection{ctnetlink} + +\ident{ctnetlink} (short form for conntrack netlink) is a +mechanism for passing connection tracking state information between kernel and +userspace, originally developed by Jay Schulist and Harald Welte. As the name +implies, it uses Linux \lident{AF_NETLINK} sockets as its underlying +communication facility. + +The focus of \ident{ctnetlink} is to selectively read or dump +entries from the connection tracking table to userspace. It also allows +userspace processes to delete and create conntrack entries as well as +\textit{conntrack expectations}. + +The initial nature of \ident{ctnetlink} is therefore again +polling-based. An userspace process sends a request for certain information, +the kernel responds with the requested information. + +By combining \texttt{conntrack notifiers} with \ident{ctnetlink}, it is possible +to register a notifier handler that in turn sends +\ident{ctnetlink} event messages down the \lident{AF_NETLINK} socket. + +A userspace process can now listen for such \textit{DELETE} event messages at +the socket, and put the counters into it's accounting storage. + +There are still some shortcomings inherent to that \textit{DELETE} event +scheme: We only know the amount of traffic after the connection is over. If a +connection lasts for a long time (let's say days, weeks), then it is impossible +to use this form of accounting for any kind of quota-based billing, where the +user would be informed (or disconnected, traffic shaped, whatever) when he +exceeds his quota. Also, the conntrack entry does not contain information +about when the connection started - only the timestamp of the end-of-connection +is known. + +To overcome limitation number one, the accounting process can use a combined +event and polling scheme. The granularity of accounting can therefore be +configured by the polling interval, and a compromise between performance and +accuracy can be made. + +To overcome the second limitation, the accounting process can also listen for +\textit{NEW} event messages. By correlating the \textit{NEW} and +\textit{DELETE} messages of a connection, accounting datasets containign start +and end of connection can be built. + +\subsection{ulogd2} + +As described earlier in this paper, \ident{ulogd} is a userspace +packet filter logging daemon that is already used for packet-based accounting, +even if it isn't the best fit. + +\ident{ulogd2}, also developed by the author of this paper, takes logging +beyond per-packet based information, but also includes support for +per-connection or per-flow based data. + +Instead of supporting only \ident{ipt_ULOG} input, a number of +interpreter and output plugins, \ident{ulogd2} supports a concept +called \textit{plugin stacks}. Multiple stacks can exist within one deamon. +Any such stack consists out of plugins. A plugin can be a source, sink or +filter. + +Sources acquire per-packet or per-connection data from +\ident{ipt_ULOG} or \ident{ip_contnrack_acct}. + +Filters allow the user to filter or aggregate information. Filtering is +requird, since there is no way to filter the ctnetlink event messages within +the kernel. Either the functionality is enabled or not. Multiple connections +can be aggregated to a larger, encompassing flow. Packets could be aggregated +to flows (like \ident{nacctd}), and flows can be aggregated to +even larger flows. + +Sink plugins store the resulting data to some form of non-volatile storage, +such as SQL databases, binary or ascii files. Another sink is a NETFLOW or +IPFIX sink, exporting information in industy-standard format for flow based accounting. + +\subsection{Status of implementation} + +\ident{ip_conntrack_acct} is already in the kernel since 2.6.9. + +\ident{ctnetlink} and the \texttt{conntrack event notifiers} are considered +stable and will be submitted for mainline inclusion soon. Both are available +from the patch-o-matic-ng repository of the netfilter project. + +At the time of writing of this paper, \ident{ulogd2} development +was not yet finished. However, the ctnetlink event messages can already be +dumped by the use of the "conntrack" userspace program, available from the +netfilter project. + +The "conntrack" prorgram can listen to the netlink event socket and dump the +information in human-readable form (one ASCII line per ctnetlink message) to +stdout. Custom accounting solutions can read this information from stdin, +parse and process it according to their needs. + +\section{Summary} + +Despite the large number of available accounting tools, the author is confident that inventing yet another one is worthwhile. + +Many existing implementations suffer from performance issues by design. Most +of them are very special-purpose. nProbe/ntop together with \lident{PF_RING} +are probably the most universal and efficient solution for any accounting +problem. + +Still, the new \ident{ip_conntrack_acct}, \ident{ctnetlink} based mechanism +described in this paper has a clear performance advantage if you want to do +acconting on your Linux-based stateful packetfilter - which is a common +case. The firewall is suposed to be at the edge of your network, exactly where +you usually do accounting of ingress and/or egress traffic. + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/yoshifuji/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/yoshifuji/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b334635 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/yoshifuji/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += yoshifuji/yoshifuji.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +yoshifuji/yoshifuji.dvi yoshifuji/yoshifuji-proc.dvi: \ + yoshifuji/yoshifuji.tex \ + yoshifuji/yoshifuji-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/yoshifuji/yoshifuji-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/yoshifuji/yoshifuji-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..801adbe --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/yoshifuji/yoshifuji-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +% Registration Linux Is Now IPv6 Ready +% [2]Register/Submit Hideaki Yoshifuji (yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org) + +Linux has included a IPv6 protocol stack for a long time. Its +quality, however, was not quite good. The USAGI Project +was founded to provide high quality IPv6 stack in +Linux. After 5 years of our activity, our stack is now +certified as IPv6 Ready. Our efforts has been merged +into main-line kernel and Linux IPv6 stack has enough +quality to get the IPv6 Ready Logo now. To maintain +our stack stable, we developed an automatic testing +system and it greatly helps us saving our time. In this +paper and presentation, we will show our efforts and +technology to get the Logo and maintain the quality of +kernel. In addition, we will discuss our future plan. + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/yoshifuji/yoshifuji.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/yoshifuji/yoshifuji.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8adaa73 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/yoshifuji/yoshifuji.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{Linux Is Now IPv6 Ready} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Hideaki Yoshifuji} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Hideaki Yoshifuji \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{yoshifuji-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/zaitcev/Makefile.inc b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/zaitcev/Makefile.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6dd9bb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/zaitcev/Makefile.inc @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PAPERS += zaitcev/zaitcev.dvi + +## Add any additional .tex or .eps files below: +zaitcev/zaitcev.dvi zaitcev/zaitcev-proc.dvi: \ + zaitcev/zaitcev.tex \ + zaitcev/zaitcev-abstract.tex + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/zaitcev/zaitcev-abstract.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/zaitcev/zaitcev-abstract.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21b91bf --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/zaitcev/zaitcev-abstract.tex @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + +% Registration The usbmon: USB monitoring framework +% [2]Register/Submit Proposal Pete Zaitcev (zaitcev@redhat.com) + +For years, Linux developers used \ident{printk()} to +debug the USB stack, but this approach has +serious limitations. In this paper we discuss +``usbmon,'' a recently developed facility to +snoop USB traffic in a more efficient way than +can be done with \ident{printk()}. + +From far away, usbmon is a very +straightforward piece of code. It consists of +circular buffers which are filled with records +by hooks into the USB stack, and a thin glue +to the user code which fetches these records. +The devil, however, is in details. Also the +user mode tools play a role. + + + diff --git a/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/zaitcev/zaitcev.tex b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/zaitcev/zaitcev.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5182b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/2005/flow-accounting-ols2005/OLS2005/zaitcev/zaitcev.tex @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% The file must begin with this \documentclass declaration. You can +% give one of three different options which control how picky LaTeX +% is when typesetting: +% +% galley - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are suppressed, and +% references are disabled (the key will be printed as a +% reminder). Use this mode while writing. +% +% proof - All ``this doesn't fit'' warnings are active, as are +% references. Overfull hboxes make ugly black blobs in +% the margin. Use this mode to tidy up formatting after +% you're done writing. (Same as article's ``draft'' mode.) +% +% final - As proof, but the ugly black blobs are turned off. Use +% this to render PDFs or PostScript to give to other people, +% when you're completely done. (As with article, this is the +% default.) +% +% You can also use the leqno, fleqn, or openbib options to article.cls +% if you wish. None of article's other options will work. + +%%% +%%% PLEASE CHANGE 'galley' to 'final' BEFORE SUBMITTING. THANKS! +%%% (to submit: "make clean" in the toplevel directory; tar and gzip *only* your directory; +%%% email the gzipped tarball to papers@linuxsymposium.org.) +%%% +\documentclass[galley]{ols} + +% These two packages allow easy handling of urls and identifiers per the example paper. +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{zrl} + +% The following package is not required, but is a handy way to put PDF and EPS graphics +% into your paper using the \includegraphics command. +\ifpdf +\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} +\else +\usepackage{graphicx} +\fi + + +% Here in the preamble, you may load additional packages, or +% define whatever macros you like, with the following exceptions: +% +% - Do not mess with the page layout, either by hand or with packages +% (e.g., typearea, geometry). +% - Do not change the principal fonts, either by hand or with packages. +% - Do not use \pagestyle, or load any page header-related packages. +% - Do not redefine any commands having to do with article titles. +% - If you are using something that is not part of the standard +% tetex-2 distribution, please make a note of whether it's on CTAN, +% or include a copy with your submission. +% + +\begin{document} + +% Mandatory: article title specification. +% Do not put line breaks or other clever formatting in \title or +% \shortauthor; these are moving arguments. + +\title{The usbmon: USB monitoring framework} +\subtitle{ } % Subtitle is optional. +\date{} % You can put a fixed date in if you wish, + % allow LaTeX to use the date of typesetting, + % or use \date{} to have no date at all. + % Whatever you do, there will not be a date + % shown in the proceedings. + +\shortauthor{Pete Zaitcev} % Just you and your coauthors' names. +% for example, \shortauthor{A.N.\ Author and A.\ Nother} +% or perchance \shortauthor{Smith, Jones, Black, White, Gray, \& Greene} + +\author{% Authors, affiliations, and email addresses go here, like this: +Pete Zaitcev \\ +{\itshape Your affiliation}\\ +{\ttfamily\normalsize your-address@example.com}\\ +% \and +% Bob \\ +% {\itshape Bob's affiliation.}\\ +% {\ttfamily\normalsize bob@example.com}\\ +} % end author section + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} +% Article abstract goes here. +\input{zaitcev-abstract.tex} +\end{abstract} + +% Body of your article goes here. You are mostly unrestricted in what +% LaTeX features you can use; however, the following will not work: +% \thispagestyle +% \marginpar +% table of contents +% list of figures / tables +% glossaries +% indices + +\end{document} + |